BARE Mh os Clad Bt Sten Sint tee tore, : ee eters eer Sa aro Re = te ae PintinaSnate hth wy, 9) Pmt dtl: pee “oO we w — =) > = i = nae i ca E = ' i = - 2 | 2 7 g S ep) = 7) a NLILSN! NVINOSHLINS S3I1YVYEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN Z a) al ies ” > fess = ie NS cad < Fa = ; re \») . . = = i g ER 2 2 = z = YS z S ee Soe tame ; VARIES SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHIIWS | S23 1YVvHy) a @ a a ce 2 a = 3 a i oc ber oc oc fa Fa oO a Pre) = oO —_ (e) = a za ae Z oui Vel S3atuvugI1T LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN Le = as = Pu ah Se ow = wo - ier] Se) > Ps) = a > e > us : > Po) = Pol rae ‘2 ne = ie " oa aor le i z p ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31¥vV NLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3I1YVYEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUT : N . “ & Lib : ! RXARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3I1uVUs \SON, 4\\SON, wsS¥4y KS YSSZE: a : io) nv 4 — NS rama >’ 4 aes Boe 2 a 2 ALILSNI_ NVINOSHLIWS SJIYVYEIT LIBRARIES _INSTITUT: ma a 2 if Fd SOND ‘ n aa op) xk n > “4 2 o Ps o Ye = = + x ion = ‘ a S ac = eS Boe wie fe a i) zs et Zz er Z i" ARIES poe ane Tom Gn NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31 uval S es S ae oe 4 a Peer Pe ales = e = ra = ee a 5 ) SNS = K Ze a = = SNe ke FY Mis ae = a re a aa 2 m 2 ais 2) ae ” — €2) = ca Be (op) fe) = > 2 SMITHSONIAN NVINOSHLIWS SMITHSONIAN SMITHSONIAN Gl; LES PES LSNI CES INSTITUTIO Sa1uvuygl INSTITUTIO INSTITUTIO! SMITHSONIAN ILNLILSN) NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYUSIT_LIBRARIES NS NVINOSHLINS S3I1Y¥Vudl SMITHSONIAN ty, NVINOSHLIWS * IBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI SMITHSONIAN SMITHSONIAN thr Re 6 ee | al . if el tu = WW = i Gh ae a Ay, fae 2. z a ; “Po 3 < = < (5 fi ed 4s ( cax | aay a = “py, at = aa aay a Wf 3 es 5 aS el fi ra a z af N( ILN.LILSNINVINOSHLINS | S31¥Vu a I] LIBRARIES —INS ' : — wi oO = fo) — . y ow s car ee] res bij o ~ fem) 2 Ne 5 > 5 $42 ( ‘ = ANE a a a An : | age. Sg 2 = OG fi 2% a owe 2 m 2 m my (op) _ ” = “LIB RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS SJ. a 2 = 2 z z = z Wy = = =A o 3 NZ & Ma? bg NS = Zs 7 fe ® = Ww 8 2 a Fe NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLIWS INS LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN S t i” ‘ ry ne = f cA q 4, a q 7, ; g LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITUTION sf AviSON, iy 4, = Zz O ” = E = n = if Z 7 D = 4 3 = = Ysey,% | = ‘< 5 < fe frit : : : EO fr 5X fe = eS eit ° = = 2 =i a SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS $3 z= in z od } z (e) [pees fe) = . 5 re ¢O re ee] re ee > = = 2 aa aes stan male fe - a re \ Ja = ne eke = ys Z NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31uYVvual LIBRARIES INS Rt = 3 x 1e2) fe) = > = SMITHSONIAN NVINOSHLIWS SMITHSONIAN SMITHSONIAN tt>. NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3 LSNI LES LSNI FES > A 2 d: = = ) ES Chain Lae ied Mar OR, Lop 4 f : 7 J Ms *y ay “sé ‘oe THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, INCLUDING ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY. ( BELNG A CONTINUATION OF TIIE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITIL LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S ‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL ILISTORY.’} CONDUCTED BY ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.B.S., WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G:S., AND WILLIAM FRANCIS, Ph.D., F.U.S. VOL, Kio sIxtit SERIES: ae en oe Zo. oer — ‘ V/A = if % \ ata\os — eo Llonal muse YY LONDON: BS aoe. PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS. SOLD BY SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, HAMILTON, KENT, AND CO., LD.; WHITTAKER AND CO.: BAILLIERE, PARIS: MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH : HODGES, FIGGIS, AND CO., DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN, 1897. “Omnes res create sunt divine sapientix et potenti testes, divitiz felicitatis human :—ex harum usu donitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapéentia Domini ; ex ceconomia in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper eestimata ; a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper inimica fuit.”—Linnaus. “Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour voir qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor- tent toutes ses opérations.’—Bruckner, Théorie du Systéme Animal, Leycen, 1767. oe eee we ew eo ow ~ Lhe sylvan powers Obey our summons; from their deepest dells The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed, But scatter round ten thousand forms minute Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles, Where peril waits the bold adyenturer’s tread, The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne, All, all to us unlock their secret stores And pay their cheerful tribute. J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818, ANNOUNCEMENT. Tue present Number completes the Sixth Series of the ‘Annals,’ and I avail myself of this occasion to pass the responsible editorship over to my Son, who for some years past has largely assisted me in the management, and who is fortunate in retaining the co-operation of the two co-Kditors whose names appear on the Titlepage, and whose advice has always been at my service during the twenty years I have been associated with them. It is now more than 60 years since, fresh from my studies at the University of Berlin, I was consulted by Mr. Richard Taylor as to the probability of such a Journal meeting with sufficient support. The two Natural History Journals then existing in this country were Loudon’s, subsequently Charlesworth’s ‘ Magazine,’ and the ‘ Magazine of Zoology and Botany’ conducted by Sir William Jardine, Dr. Johnston, and Mr. Selby. This latter Journal was about to be discon- tinued, and the same fate seemed likely to result in the ease of Sir William Jackson Hooker’s ‘ Botanical Companion,’ In these circumstances it was suggested to Mr. Taylor that by amalgamating the two there would be a greater chance of success. The two most important Journals on the Continent at that time devoted to Natural History were the ‘Annales des Sciences Naturelles’ and the ‘ Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte,’ recently founded by my friend and teacher Professor Wiegmann. At a meeting arranged by Mr. Taylor, at which Sir W. Jardine and Sir W. J. Hooker were present, and which I was lv invited to attend, it was considered that a Journal conducted on lines similar to these Continental Journals would be welcomed by British Naturalists, and the 120 Volumes are evidence that the expectation then entertained was well founded. Sir W. J. Hooker’s connexion with the ‘Annals’ terminated with Volume IV., as it was impossible to find room for the long communications from Botanical ‘Travellers, which, although very interesting, did not appear to be suitable for publication in its pages. Charlesworth’s ‘ Magazine’ was absorbed into the ‘ Annals’ in 1840. In the Preface to the First Volume of the Second Series the Editors acknowledge “ the aid of Dr. W. Francis, as from the commencement of the work they have had the advantage of his constant and valuable assistance in its regular produc- tion;’’ and in January 1859 my name was added to the list of Editors. Although the publication of this Journal has been by no means a source of any considerable profit, I have been amply rewarded, as it has procured for me the friendship of most of the eminent men who have contributed so largely to the vast progress of Natural History during Her Majesty’s reign. May I hope that the same good fortune will attend my successor, and that he will receive the same friendly assistance from those who are now devoting themselves to the advancement of those departments of Science for the promotion of which this Journal was founded, WILLIAM FRANCIS. CONTENTS OF VOL, XX. [SIXTH SERIES.] NUMBER CXV. I. The Actiniarian Family 3 See SeefonPeesane’; Vee one. kee olivaceus, De G. (S. America.) frove the Rio Nautla, State of Vera Cruz. 23 5. Tomentum yellow or greenish yellow .... mexicanus,L. Typ. form. (Mexico, Florida, &c.) Momentum? CINpreOUS «2, ,2cce sees sss os punctatus, Fabr. (Cayenne.) 4, Tomentum yellow to lemon or greenish SE Ops ciacvoeni NG: woes PMT RIT nese 8 we aie limonus, Towns. (Mexico.) ROMeNtUIM) GIMCTEOUS - fe che sees deca e sess tmanis, Fabr. Bellardi described the female of var. monus (Ditt. Mess. 1. p. 59), but gave it no distinctive name. The meaicanus group will be distinguished from 7’. luteoflavus, Bell., and the group of T. fulvus, Meig. (Murope), by the process of third antennal joint being only moderately developed, not deeply excised and strongly angulate as in 7’. luteoflavus. Asilide. 26. Leptogaster pictipes, Loew. One female, San Rafael, June 21. In sweepings. Length 7 millim. I am quite confident that this is the same species as the male specimen described by Loew from Illinois. Loew’s LL. varipes, described from a female specimen, is doubtless the same species, probably not even constituting a variety. Both are very similar to L. cubensis, Bigot, but, I believe, distinct from the latter in the colouring of the legs (see von Roeder, Dipt. Porto Rico, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1885, p. 840). Yet it is quite possible that pict’pes may have to be considered but a variety of cubensis. In my specimen the antenne are blackish, the knob of halteres as well as stalk yellowish, and the posterior femora whitish on proximal two thirds, with all the metatarsi whitish. The wings are almost insensibly tinged with fuscous. The species from Durango, mentioned by Osten Sacken in the ‘ Biol. C.-A., Dipt.’ (i. p. 167), is probably picéepes or a variety of it peculiar to the tableland. Syrphide. NAUSIGASTER. In Section I. of this paper I described as new a neotropical species of this genus, VV. meridionalis, Towns. (no. 5), long suspected to be distinct, but not heretofore separated from N. punctulata, Will. Since then I have taken further specimens of this genus in New Mexico and ‘Texas, in the latter case securing abundant material. From a careful study of this material I am convinced that there are several distinct 24 Mr. C. H. T. Townsend on Diptera species of Nauwstgaster occurring in North America, three of which Dr. Williston had before him when writing his ‘ Synopsis of Syrphide.’ These are mentioned on pages 21- 22 under the name of V. punctulata. Dr. Williston has been loth to separate the forms as distinct, on the picture of the wings alone ; but when material from several widely separated localities shows a constant pattern for each locality, supple- mented by differences in the thoracic vitte, I think they may properly be separated and accepted as good species. In con- nection with N. meridionalis from the Rio Nautla, therefore, I wish to present here the following notes on the separation of the forms of Nawstgaster, although three of the species concerned belong to the fauna of Texas, New Mexico, and California. The single female from New Mexico, from which Williston’s description of punctulata was drawn, is the only specimen of that species so far recorded. I have seen another from Rincon, N.M., taken by Cockerell on flowers of Chilopsis linearis (Cav.), DC., July 5, which agrees with Williston’s description in the wing picture. The five males from California, together with the additional males and females from the same place (see Will., Synop.), constitute another well-marked species, the specimens all agreeing with each other. or this species I propose the name unimaculata. It is distinguished by the single spot of the wings and the five thoracic vitte. The male from the Isthmus of Tehuantepec forms a third species, which I have considered to be the same as_meridio- nalis. It should be stated that I have not seen the Tehu- antepec specimen nor the Brazilian specimens referred by Williston to the same species, but that I refer them to meridionalis on the statements of Williston regarding the picture of the wings. A fourth species from Texas I describe below. These four species may be separated as follows :— Table of Species of Nausigaster. 1, A single spot on the wings; five thoracic Vibbie SER Shs heh ig see Ohh os -oteR eee unimaculata, sp. n. (California.) Two spots on the wings, the spots not con- fluent ; only two thoracic vitte .......... punctulata, Will. (New Mexico.) The two wing-spots confluent, forming a more or less well-defined and extensive picture; four thoracic vitte. (Lowlands of Texas to Beil.) Sc cekne oe a 8s + + eee ee Ree ee 2 from the Rio Nautla, State of Vera Cruz. 25 2. The second basal cell mostly filled with the BIER vevsauicte Sie sv Aiea Stake so os oR Gs meridionalis, Towns. (Vera Cruz, Tehuantepec, Brazil.) The second basal cell almost wholly hyaline .. geminata, sp. n. (Texas lowlands.) 27. Nausigaster geminata, sp. n. Twenty-seven specimens, male and female, Beeville and Kenedy, Texas. All taken on flowers of Parthenium hystero- pherus, L. (det. Wooton), August 30 to Sept. 14. Length 5 to 6 millim. (rarely 7 millim., female), the male being the smaller. Differs from Williston’s description of punctulata, female (Syn. pp. 21-22), as follows :—On mesonotum there are four distinct less pollinose stripes. There is also the beginning of a narrower one just above base of wings. The two median ones are narrowly separated, and sometimes appear as one owing to the effacing of the pollinose line which normally separates them. Lower part of face same colour as antennz (yellowish red), only a shade or two lighter. The two black spots of wing are united, filling all of submarginal cell except distal end. ‘There is also a blackish cloud on the cross-veins at distal end of second basal cell, and a slightly yellowish infuscation in first and second costal cells and base of marginal cell. Legs are yellowish red; femora as in punctulata ; tarsi all more or less brownish, especially hind pair. Scutellum in both sexes, and abdomen in male, more or less tinged with yellowish red (fresh specimens). Described from 20 males and 7 females, as follows :— Beeville, Texas, 1 male and 1 female, Aug. 30; 3 males and 2 females, Aug. 31: Kenedy, Texas, 1 female, Sept. 11; and 16 males and 3 females, Sept. 14. These numerous specimens are all constant in the wing picture, with the single exception of the female taken Sept. 11, in which the two spots are very faintly but still perceptibly united. The second basal cell in all shows a tendency toward a very slight fuscous-yellow tinge, but is not enough to appreciably affect its hyaline appearance when held up to the light. Only two of the specimens (both females) measure 7 millim., the others all being from 5 to 6 millim. This species differs from meridionalis not only in the less extensive picture of the wings, but in the smaller size, the very distinct thoracic vitte, &e. Volucellas of the amethystina Group. There are six species of Volucella, taken on the flowers of the Cordia sp. at San Rafael, which by their general metallic 26 Mr. C. H. T. Townsend on Diptera colouring and closely similar form show that they all belong, with one exception, to the same group. One of them possesses no prescutellar row of bristles, and further differs in being pronounced metallic green including head, with coppery on abdomen and showing but little if any violet. It inclines to the obesa group. The others belong to the group of V. amethystina, Bigot, which also includes comastes, Will., chetophora, Will., &c. To the last-named species I refer one of the six above mentioned, while the other five are new. ‘These species may be distinguished by the following table. They are all distinct from Volucella, n. sp.?, Will., Synop. p. 150. 1. No prescutellar row of bristles present; thorax and scutellum bright metallic green; abdomen COP POUY ye a eteypoeleraja'se: oye ays \s om RMS ge eRe vi led Sel aus viridana, sp. D. Prescutellar row of bristles present; metallic colouring bluish, dark green, or violet........ 2. 2. Wings hyaline, with only a milk tinge in oblique MSA crac Sora elst® chet beads, «sa SERRE Rae ib td Sle chetophora, Will. Wings strongly shaded with brown and SVS OVINE oo 6 le se ers asa! ORE BERTON evs >, 3. 3. Scutellum metallic, nearly or quite the colour of fire" Phorase )t313)5)20..'.-.). a, eee tale ce ence 4, Scutellum wholly (dull or clear) brownish yellow, contrasted in colour with the thorax; face and Cheeks swith Simipes 7.3 «..0s asheneeeete 5. 4. Face and cheeks without stripes, abdomen without Mee tetas ah icue teen acess RPS Sates Bt cin ty opalina, sp. n. Face and cheeks with pronounced stripes ; abdomen yellow at base . ..\:4jtec s/s. alee eel rafaelana, sp. 0. 5. Second abdominal segment in most part the same colour as the scutellum; rest of abdomen without yellowish or with but a trace on anterior corners of third segment ............4 cordi@, sp. Nn. Second and third abdominal segments same colour as scutellum in a nearly equal sub- triangular patch on anterior corners, with a smaller patch usually distinct on anterior Corblers OL Mourth ey, su len can eee cate tela nautlana, sp. 0. I have no specimens of amethystina, Big., and therefore do not include it in the table. It is described by Bigot as having the scutellum the same metallic violet as the thorax, the cheeks with a stripe, but facial stripe apparently absent, and with differences in the abdomen and wings which preclude my referring any of the present species to it. It may be added that all of these species have the second vein regular and the margin of scutellum with bristles. 28. Volucella chetophora, Will. Two females, San Rafael, July 7 and 10. On flowers of the Cordia sp. a Jrom the Rio Nautla, State of Vera Cruz. 27 Length 9 and 12 millim. I cannot separate these two specimens satisfactorily. The larger one has no whitish hair on front, while the other has the hair of front all whitish except at vertex. I cannot believe that these differences are of specific value in this case, though they may be considered varietal. Without more specimens of both forms, however, I hesitate to define the variety. The larger specimen also seems to differ in the wings being more distinctly dilute brownish at base. The third antennal joint in the larger one is a little longer and more abruptly narrowed on middle. The specimens differ but little from Williston’s description of chetophora (Syn. pp. 149-150, and Biol. C.-A., Dipt. iii. p- 52). I should call the third antennal joint somewhat emarginate. The antenne are brownish yellow, with most of third jot brown. ‘Two median vitte on thorax are con- spicuous by the hair being darker, subappressed, and directed backward, while the rest is white, suberect, and directed a little forward. Scutellum with coppery reflections; thorax with only blue, green, and purple reflections. Legs black. Abdomen bluish black; the anterior half of segments 3 to 5, above and below, with white pubescence, the posterior half with black. ‘This is even to be noticed on the sixth segment in the larger specimen. 29. Volucella cordic, sp. n. Fourteen female specimens, San Rafael, June 30 to July 13. All on flowers of the Corda sp. Length 9 to 12 millim. Thorax behind with a prescutellar row of bristles. Wings fuscous brown on outer distal half, becoming dilute fuscous toward internal border extending to alula, yellowish on basal portion. Scutellum wholly clear brownish yellow, second abdominal segment same, except narrow hind border and wide median vitta ; rest of abdomen metallic purplish black, with blue, green, and violet reflections. In some specimens there is a faint yellow shade, more or less distinct, on anterior corners of third segment. Anterior half or less of fourth segment, anterior third or more of third segment, and anterior two-thirds of second segment with short white pubescence ; rest of abdomen with black pubescence. Venter with about same proportions of white and black hair, but longer, with hair of second segment nearly all white. Face and cheeks with well-developed stripes, but facial stripe usually narrower than that of cheeks. Legs black or brown, paler at knees and tips of tibie. Antenne pale brown ; third joint narrowed 28 Mr. C. H. T. Townsend on Diptera on apical third to about half its basal width. Arista longer than antenne, thickly plumose. Face brownish yellow, silvery pollinose on sides, black-hairy on region of tubercle, with some white hairs on sides. Front shining greenish black, with yellowish hair except some black at vertex, yellowish pollinose on each side in front, with a black patch next antenne in middle. Thorax dark bluish or greenish, with coppery or violet reflections and more or less of a milky tone over all, this tone sometimes wanting, leaving the disk shining dark green ; clothed with quite thick, short, yellow, anteriorly-directed pubescence ; a pair of median vitte, more distinct in front, formed by longer finer pubescence directed backward. Pleurz with yellow hairs. Six strong bristles on scutellum, apical pair rather distant, also a smaller bristle on each side near anterior corners. In some specimens there are four nearly equal bristles on each side beside the weaker one. Scutellum clothed with yellow hair, with some rather incon- spicuous black hairs on posterior half of dorsum. 30. Volucella rafaelana, sp. n. One female, San Rafael, July 1. On flowers of the Cordia sp: Length 11 millim. Differs from V. cordie as follows :—Scutellum without yellow, wholly opalescent-cupreous with a faint bluish-milky tinge like that of thorax. Scutellum with black hair on disk, yellow hair confined to the edges. ‘Third abdominal segment laterally pale yellow on anterior margin. Wings nearly hyaline basally instead of yellow, and less fuscous on internal border, with the first and second posterior cells largely hyaline. This is at least a good variety of cordie, if not distinct as a species. 31. Volucella nautlana, sp. n. Six males, San Rafael, June 28 to July 7. All on flowers of the Cordia sp. Length 10 to 11 millim. Differs from V. cordie as follows :—Antenne somewhat shorter, third joint proportionately not so much narrowed. Frontal triangle black, shining anteriorly in middle, a little yellow-pollinose on sides, with thick black hair. Thorax with the longer posteriorly-directed hairs black, thickly clothing whole dorsum, seen above the shorter anteriorly- directed thick golden-yellow vestiture. Scutellum not so clear brownish yellow, more of a flesh tinge, with a slightly EE from the Rio Nautla, State of Vera Cruz. 29 opalescent cupreous reflection, but still entirely contrasted in colour with the thorax; clothed with yellow hair only on base and edges, with black hair on whole dorsum. Second and third abdominal segments broadly dull brownish yellow on anterior corners, in a triangular form on second but little separated from hind margin, in a subquadrangular form on third confined to anterior half. Fourth segment with a smaller less distinct triangle of same colour on anterior corners. Pubescence of abdomen somewhat longer and thicker, that of the light parts being yellow. 32. Volucella opalina, sp. n. Three female and five male specimens, San Rafael. The males, one each, July 6, 7, and 9, and two, July 10. The females, two July 9 and one July 17. All on flowers of the Cordia sp. Length nearly 10 to 113 millim. Differs from V. cordiw as follows:—Face and cheeks entirely without stripes. Front shining brighter greenish, with silvery pollen on each side, extending in narrow border along orbital margin to vertex. Frontal triangle of male as in nautlana. Antenne in both sexes considerably smaller, the third joint not so much narrowed apically. Pubescence of thorax of male as described for nautlana, with the black pubescence more conspicuous than the shorter yellowish or whitish ; in the female the yellow pubescence is, if anything, more conspicuous than the black, being exactly the same as in male of nautlana. In two of the females the short pubescence is whitish and the longer black is much less con- spicuous, but is seen to be present; these same females differ further from the other in hair of front being whitish, and they may be considered to constitute a variety. Scutellum as in nautlana, both as to colour and pubescence, but even more nearly concolorous with thorax, with greenish, cupreous, and violet reflections. Abdomen wholly without yellowish ; with brillant green, violet, and purple reflections, especially on third and fourth segments. _ Underside of second and third segments with mostly black hair in male, the white hair being confined to basal edge, but the white more extensive in female. Wings often with the yellow invading and tinging the brown, and with some of the cells hyaline in the centre. Var. splendens, var. n. I propose this name to distinguish the two females (both July 9) above mentioned as having the hair of front white. 30 Mr. C. H. T. Townsend on Déptera This character must be taken as indicating varietal rank, since the hair of front in the other female is wholly black like that of the males. 33. Volucella viridana, sp. n. One male, San Rafael, July 7. On flowers of the Cordia sp. Length 93 millim. Front, face, thorax, scutellum, pleure, and base of abdomen brilliant shining green, with slight cupreous reflections on the thorax. Antenne brownish yellow, reaching about two thirds way to summit of tubercle, third joint scarcely wider at base. Face strongly concave above tubercle, and strongly produced downward below. Cheeks with a black stripe, behind which is a triangular yellowish area. No facial stripe, thin pubescence of face whitish. Frontal triangle with whitish hairs, mixed with dark ones behind. Thorax without prescutellar row of bristles, with the golden vestiture and longer blackish hairs as described for nautlana, but the black hairs not so conspicuous behind. Scutellum clothed with yellow hairs, with ten weak bristles on border, the apical pair more approximated than in the preceding four species. Abdomen shining cupreous violaceous brown, blended in with the bright green ou second segment, so that latter appears mostly bright green from before and wholly brownish cupreous from above. Pubescence of abdomen white on first segment and anterior portions of second, yellow on rest of second and all of third, and black on fourth. Bright green of pectus extending over first and second segments of venter. Legs black; femora shining dark green on underside; tarsi brownish. Wings with whole anterior or outer half fuscous yellow, inner half more nearly hyaline. This species belongs to the obesa group by its coloration and absence of prescutellar bristles, but approaches in form the amethystina group. Phasiida. 34. Hyalomyia ecitonis, sp. n. Nine males and seven females. Paso de Telaya, March 29. All taken hovering over the front ranks of a moving army of Eectton Foreli, in company with the Stylogasters as described in Section I. of this paper (p. 23). Length of males 6 to 7 millim., of females 5 to 6 millim. 6. Front equilateral, not trigonal. Frontal bristles rather from the Rio Nautla, State of Vera Cruz. dl strong and thick, decussate; vibrissee moderately strong and decussate. Wings very broad at base, 3 millim. broad in the larger specimens by about 5 millim. long, rather strongly but irregularly yellowish fuscous on costal half, whitish on inner portion, rather blunt and rounded at tip. The costal fuscous area contains three whitish or hyaline streaks, the darkest fuscous being in vicinity of stigma and containing but one streak of hyaline. The other two streaks are in second costal cell and tip of submarginal. Third vein bowed inward on apical portion, so that the long petiole of apical cell forms a right angle with apical cross vein, Hind cross vein distinctly but not strongly sinuate, distinctly nearer to bend of fourth vein than to small cross vein, the bend of fourth being sharply or abruptly rounded, with the two sections running from the bend at right angles and of equal length. The petiole of apical cell ends well behind the actual centre of wing’s tip, owing to its bending posteriorly out of a straight line on apical portion. The hind cross vein is oblique, and with its peculiar curvature, aided by the curvature of fourth and fifth veins, gives the discal cell a shape very similar to that of a gunstock. Front about as wide as eyes anteriorly, hardly or but slightly narrower posteriorly, with a wide velvet-black vitta slightly wider behind. Orbital margins of front and whole of face silvery white, the orbits with a slight golden shade, especially on front. Antenne blackish, reaching but little more than halfway to oral margin; third joint hardly twice as long as first. Palpi brownish, slender, clubbed at the end. Occiput and pleure brassy-silvery pollinose. Thorax shining black, so marked with pollinose as to show on preescutum five silvery and four rust-black or deep black vitta, the three silvery and two black median ones being the most clearly defined, and the lateral silvery ones terminating in the humeri. ‘The silvery vittes are sometimes golden-tinged. These vitte are more or less distinctly continued on mesoscutum behind suture, the scutellum showing some silvery pollen apically when not discoloured. Abdomen blackish or brownish, elongate-oval, flattened, the whole with more or less of a metallic purplish tinge, with more or less of a thin coating of very fine pale brassy or ashy pollen, with first two segments more or less pale subtranslucent brownish yellowish, except a median vitta which is continued indistinctly on other segments. ‘The yellowish colour is often faint, sometimes obsolete ; when present it leaves normally a narrow posterior margin of brown on second segment. Legs black or brownish black, the knees, tibize, and tarsi sometimes varying to lighter 32 On Diptera from Vera Cruz. brownish or pale. Claws and pulvilli elongate. Tegule large, translucent smoky-yellowish, halteres yellow. ?. Differs in front being about one fourth width of head, frontal stripe and orbital margins in consequence narrower, the silvery of orbits with less of a golden sheen; wings not so broadened or large, evenly fuscous hyaline, without patch of dark fuscous on costa. Abdomen without purplish reflec- tion, shining black or with slight greenish reflection, the brassy-ashy pollen much more conspicuous, forming more or less distinctly a pair of triangular spots on anterior part of second, third, and fourth segments, leaving the median vitta apparent. The pollen varies in its intensity and shade of brassy. It is, together with the thoracic vitte, sometimes obscure and indistinct in both sexes. Foot-claws and pulvilli moderately short, about as long as last tarsal joint. Although these two forms (male and female) are in general facies so different, the fact that they were all taken together over the ants, without a single specimen of any other Hyalo- myia being present, one series being all males while the other is all females, convinces me that they are the two sexes of one species. It seems probable, from the circumstances under which this Hyalomyia was found, that it also, as well as the Stylogasters, is parasitic on ants (genus Lezton). In all my collecting in this locality, I met with no other specimens of [yalomyia than the above, excepting only the single specimen next described. i) r . ° 35. Hyalomyia violascens, sp. 0. One male, San Rafael, June 26. Length 43 millim. Belongs in the group with punctigera, Towns., purpur- ascens, ‘lowns., &c., in which the front is trigonal, the eyes of male moderately or closely approximated, and those of female nearly or quite contiguous. Differs from my de- scription of purpurascens, g (Pr. Ent. Soc. Wash. i. p. 137), as tollows:—Orbits silvery pollinose, face subsilvery ; eyes closely approximated in front of ocelli, nearly obliterating the narrow brownish frontal vitta, which is thus elongate- triangular in front and narrowed to a line behind. Frontal bristles weak. Antenne black, third joint oval, a little longer and wider than first, silvery in some lights. Palpi very small, filiform, brownish. Thorax silvery only on humeri and pleure. The apical pair of scutellar bristles decussate. Abdomen wholly very polished deep violet- black, reticulations of the ashy pollen showing faintly in — Ss Fo The Species and Subspectes of Zebras. 33 scattered places behind. Tegule large, pure white; the wings whitish hyaline, well tinged with tawny fuscous on basal half or third. This may prove to be conspecific with purpurascens, but it will at least form a good variety of that species. Neither of the above species belongs to any of Wulp’s Mexican [Tyalomyias. [To be continued. } V.—The Species and Subspecies of Zebras. By R. I. Pocock, of the British Museum of Natural History. Part L.—ZIntroductory Remarks. For some years past, during periodical visits to the museum at Bristol, my attention has been attracted by a stuffed speci- men of a zebra-like animal, which, in addition to being labelled “ Quagea,” possessed special interest, inasmuch as it differed strikingly in the character of its markings from all the zebras in the collection of the British Museum and from all that I had seen in menageries and elsewhere. The true Quagga, as is now admitted on all hands, is extinct, and only a few speci- mens have been preserved in the various museums of Europe. Consequently the example in question, if correctly named, would be of great zoological interest and of very considerable value as a museum possession. I therefore undertook, with the consent of Mr. Edward Wilson, F.G.8., the curator, who kindly gave me every facility in the way of examining and sketching the specimen, to identify it, if possible, and ascertain as nearly as might be its affinities with regard to the known forms of zebras. As is explained later on, the specimen, though of considerable interest, proved to have no proper claim to the title of quagga. But the task of identi- fication entailed the looking up of a deal of the literature published on the subject by both naturalists and sportsmen aud an examination of all the skins and living specimens to which access could be obtained; and since during the inves- tigation a few structural points came to light which have apparently escaped notice until now, and since, with the exception of Dr. Paul Matschie’s paper alluded to below, no paper dealing comprehensively with all the species has been published of late years, I have ventured to hope that the notes and observations contained in the following pages, thouzh Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.6. Vol. xx. 3 34 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the necessarily sketchy and far from exhausting even the syste- matic aspect of the question, may prove of some use to those who are interested in becoming acquainted with the different species and subspecies that have been established. It must be understood, however, that the statements that have been made have been derived, owing to the scarcity of material, from the examination of a relatively small number of skins, and that extended observations may prove hereafter that some of the conclusions are unjustifiable. For example, in the appended synopsis of species it is asserted that the presence of a longitudinal ventral stripe is distinctive of the zebras as compared with the asses, the assertion resting on its presence in all the zebras and its absence in the asses of the species hemionus, teniopus, and somaliensis * that I have been able to see. Personally 1 venture to doubt whether it is ever absent in the zebras, though it must not be forgotten that Gray described the belly of Burchell’s zebra as being without stripes, that Sir William Flower states that in the common zebra the belly often has a longitudinal stripe (‘ The Horse,’ p. 86), and that, according to Noack (Zool. Garten, xXxxlv. p. 293), the belly of the quagga frequently has a middle band, the qualifying adverb of time in each sentence clearly suggesting the occasional absence of the stripe in the species mentioned. Concerning the specific characters of the mountain zebra and Grévy’s zebra nothing by way of introduction need here be said ; but touching Burchell’s zebra and its subdivisions a few words of explanation may not be out of place. There seems to be a widespread misconception on the part of sportsmen in South Africa as to the identity of the genuine Burchell’s zebra, for, with the exception of the two well- marked species mentioned above, the name ‘ Burchell’s’’ is applied indiscriminately to all the zebras that range over East and South Africa from Masailand to the Orange and Vaal Rivers. For example, Dr. Donaldson Smith (‘ Through Unknown African Countries,’ p. 255, 1897) speaks of the occurrence of Burchell’s zebra near Lake Stephanie ; yet it is tolerably certain that no zebra resembling the typical Burchell’s occurs to the north of the Zambesi, and even to the south of this river the name is loosely assigned to animals distinguishable at a glance from the principal form. Why the characters of the principal form should have been so completely forgotten is hard to understand, unless, indeed, it be partly due to the circumstance that for many years past a * Noack, Zool. Garten, April 1884, p. 101 (= somalicus, Sclater, P. Z. S. Noy. 1884, p. 540). Sp ectes and Subspecies of Zebras. 35 zebra from Zululand has been exhibited in the British Museum, and labelled, though quite erroneously, “ Burchell’s zebra, typical variety.” As a matter of fact, a glance at the original figure will show that the specimen in question is very different from the type as figured and described by Gray ; or, perhaps—and this seems the more likely explana- tion—the wide application that is given to the name is attri- butable to the existence of intermediate forms, which renders an accurate recognition of the different kinds of Burchell’s zebra a task of no little difficulty. That a great number of these “ kinds ” exist is beyond dispute. Moreover, just as the right and left sides of a zebra are seldom, if, indeed, ever, marked in the same way, so, too, are no two members of a herd exactly alike. And yet at the same time an examina- tion of skins from different parts of the vast area, with its varied climate and geographical features, over which the so- called Burchell’s zebra roams, forces home the conviction on the mind of the observer that the extreme variations in colora- tion that occur are not, so to speak, fortuitous sports, but that they are distinctly correlated with geographical distribution. For example, the available evidence shows that the weakly striped type of zebra from Zululand, as exemplified by the specimen in the British Museum, does not occur in Mashuna- land *, where a strongly striped type prevails ; nor does the Mashunaland zebra seem to be met with in Zululand. The types, m fact, are perfectly distinct when considered apart from other forms. It is true, however, that the animal which always passes in this country as Chapman’s zebra presents characters nearly, if not quite, intermediate in their nature between those distinctive of the local races mentioned above, and that Wahlberg’s zebra from Zululand similarly constitutes a kind of link between Chapman’s and the typical Burchell’s. In other words, these forms are not recognizable as distinct species, as Dr. Paul Matschie holds, but must rather take the rank of subspecies, the use of this word im- plying on the part of the describer a belief, firstly, that the forms named are geographical races or incipient species, and, secondly, that intermediate types exist. The actual naming of such subspecies is, of course, open to the objection that it is not possible to assign a definite name to an absolutely annectant form. But against the opposite course—the course that is usually adopted because it entails no serious trouble—namely, that of neglecting subspecific * Mr. J. flolliott Darling informs me that the zebra characteristic of Mashunaland is the form here named Se/ows:?, and that he has never met with Wahlberg: in the country. 3* 36 ete Pocock pattie groups and stating in a general kind of way that Burchell’s zebra is an exceedingly variable species, the far more im- portant objection may be alleged that it leads to an ignoring of the variations as of no significance and to a total disregard of the highly important but as yet unintelligible fact that in a particular locality a particular form prevails. It is the interpretation of this fact, the recollection of which is greatly assisted by the judicious use of nomenclature, that with the cooperation of the sportsman or collector should be the ultimate object of the systematist. In the present paper seven such subspecies or local races of Burchell’s zebra have been recognized, two of them being forms that have not previously been named. It must be understood, however, that scarcity of properly localized material renders some of the conclusions with regard to these forms more or less tentative, and that skins of zebras of different ages from all localities, wherewith to test the con- stancy of markings, are indispensable for the satisfactory settlement of the questions; and now that the need for practical evidence of this nature is known, it is hoped that sportsmen will endeavour to obtain it before the advance of civilization has either exterminated these beautiful animals or placed them under the artificial conditions of preservation—a contingency that is certain to follow if we may judge from the fate that has befallen two formerly abundant South- African species, namely the quagga and the so-called common ‘or mountain zebra. Part I].—Descriptions of the Species. (1) Hquus zebra, Linn. Equus zebra, Linneeus, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 74 (1758). Equus montanus, Burchell, Travels &c. i. p. 189 (1822). This species was originally based upon figures and descrip- tions apparently representing three distinct species. ‘Two of these are from Edwards's ‘ Gleanings of Natural History,’ v. pls. cexxil. and cexxiil., the first of which is the form which now bears the name, the second being the quagga, while the others, though very inaccurate, appear to have been taken from examples of one of the subspecies of Burchelli (see Aldrovandi, Quadrup. i. p. 417, pl. vili., and Johnston, Quadrup. pl. v. fig. 1). The specific name zebra, however, has been definitely assigned to the species depicted on pl. cexxil. of Edwards’s work, the said figure being drawn from an example (the type) then preserved in the museum of the College of Physicians, London. Species and Subspecies of Zebras. 37 Most of the distinctive characters of this species are well known. The head, neck, body, and legs are closely covered with broad black stripes, which are considerably broader than the pale interspaces. Hxcept for the longitudinal ventral band, the belly is white, the flank-stripes stopping short of the belly as in the quagga, Burchell’s zebra, and Grévy’s zebra. The spinal stripe is scarcely noticeable on the back, but broadens on the rump and is continued on to the tail, which has a black tip but is without distinct lateral markings. The legs are strongly striped to the hoof, the lower part of the pastern being quite black, and on the inner side are orna- mented from above the knees and hocks. On the rump the space between the spinal stripe and the stripe that runs to the root of the tail is entirely covered with transverse bars, forming a continuous series with the upper ends of the flank-stripes, and becoming shorter and shorter towards the root of the tail. This constitutes the so-called “ gridiron pattern” characteristic of this species. A similar pattern, however, though on a smaller scale, is not unfrequently noticeable in subspecies of 4. Burchelli; but in the latter the aforesaid transverse bars do not reach the stripe that runs to the base of the tail, but the uppermost of the rump-stripes that passes backwards from the flanks and lies adjacent to the spinal stripe. The quarters are banded with arched longitudinal stripes, but only the lower or front ends of the two upper-, most of these extend on to the belly. On the face in front of the eyes and on the forehead the stripes are tan-coloured and pass into the large nostril-patches of the same tint, the muzzle itself being black. The ears are long and asinine, the feet narrow and fitted for rocky country ; and, lastly, there is one curious structural feature in which this species differs not only from the other zebras but from all the species of Hquidee—this is the reversal in direction of the hair along the spine between the rump and withers. Though formerly abundant in the mountainous districts of Cape Colony, this species is now verging on extinction. Happily, however, the artificial preservation of herds has postponed, at all events for a time, this inevitable result of the encroachment of civilization. (2) Equus quagga, Gmelin. Equus quagga, Gmelin’s edition of Linné’s Syst. Nat. 1., Mammalia, p. 213 (1788). P Equus isabellinus, H. Smith, Naturalist’s Library, Horses, p. 332 pl. xxv. (1841). 38 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the For the type of this species may be selected the specimen, belonging to the then Prince of Wales, which was figured and described as the female of the mountain zebra by Edwards in his ‘Gleanings of Natural History,’ v. pl. eexxui. The other references cited by Gmelin are to a description given by Pennant in his ‘ History,’ p. 14. no. 3, to the mention of the species by Masson (Phil. Trans. (Acta Angl.) Ixvi. p. 297), and to a figure published by Buffon (Hist. Nat. xi. p. 1, pe 11.) which unmistakably represents an example of £. zebra, inn. ’ Edwards’s figure and description make perfectly clear the essential characters of the type of this now extinct species. The ground-colour of the body and head were a pale chest- nut, the belly, legs, and tail, including the tuft, being white. The muzzle was darker than the face, being of a brownish hue, but not so black as in Burchell’s zebra; the head, neck, and fore part of the body, however, were strongly marked with black stripes, apparently exactly as in that species. Moreover, on the hinder part of the flanks and upper part of the quarters the stripes dorsally take a backward bend assuming an obliquely longitudinal direction, but, instead of being continuous, they were broken up into a series of blotches or large spots; and a row of similar spots was observable on each side of the spinal stripe between the withers and rump, these spots representing the upper ends of the flank-stripes. The spinal stripe was continued on to the tail, and there was a median ventral stripe, the rest of the belly, like the whole of the lower part of the quarters and legs, being free from stripes. The specimen figured and described by H. Smith as E. isabellinus is said by Gray to be the young of H. quagga. Unfortunately the type, once in the British Museum, appears to be no longer in existence. It differed from all known zebras, and resembled the asses, in having the muzzle white and the mane unstriped. The example identified as the quagga contained in the collection of the British Museum differs strikingly from the specimen figured by Edwards in the indistinctness and indefiniteness of the stripes not only on the body, but also on the head and neck. Instead of the well-defined black stripes noticeable in the original figure, all the stripes are reddish brown, and on the head are only distinct on the area that lies between the eyes and ears, on the cheek, and on the nose to a point halfway between the eye and the nostril. ‘he neck is marked with irregular broad brown double stripes separated by narrow yellowish-white interspaces; the withers are OO Species and Subspecies of Zebras. 39 striped, but the shoulder is practically unstriped. Along the sides of the spinal stripe dark brown patches representing the dorsal extremities of the flank-stripes are traceable as far as the rump; but the posterior part of the flanks is very indis- tinctly banded, presenting a mottled appearance. It is evident, however, that towards the quarters the stripes were arranged in an obliquely longitudinal direction. It may be added that the specimen under notice is certainly faded; but, taking these facts into consideration, there is no doubt that it was originally very different from the example seen by Edwards. The figure of this species published by Gray in the ‘Knowsley Menagerie,’ from which those given by Noack ° (Zool. Garten, xxxiv. p. 290) have been adapted, show the backward extension of the stripes as far as the quarters and their breaking up into spots, as in the type; whereas in the coloured drawing of the species in Harris’s ‘Game Animals of South Africa,’ as well as in Hamilton Smith’s volume on the horse, the dark stripes, though black and well defined over the head and neck, scarcely extend past the withers. According to Matschie, too (Zool. Garten, xxxv. p- 38), the ground-colour, possibly from exposure to light, varies from dark brown to a much paler tint. It is sometimes stated that the tail of the quagga is more thickly hairy than in the other zebras, and approaches that of domestic horses. No evidence of this fact, however, is supplied by Edwards’s figure nor by the specimen in the British Museum, nor by the specimen of which there is a photogravure in Sir William Flower’s book on the horse (see p. 90). It is noticeable, however, that in the Museum example the hair on the fetlocks is longer than in any zebra that 1 have seen. This species was formerly abundant on the flats of Cape Colony to the south of the Orange River. (3) Equus Burchelli (Gray). Asinus Burchell, J. H. Gray, Zool. Journ. i. p. 247, pl. iv. (1825). Equus zebroides, Lesson, Manuel de Mammalogie, p. 3846 (1827). Equus festivus, Wagner, in Schreber’s Saugethiere, vi. p. 216, pl. ceexvii. B, (1834). Hippotigris campestris, H. Smith, Jardine’s Naturalist’s Library, Horses, p. 329 (1841). The above synonymy needs no justification, seeing that the three names zebrordes, festivus, and campestris were pro- posed by their authors to replace the older name Burchelli, apparently for no better reason than the imaginary inappro- priateness of the latter title. 40 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the This species was apparently first met with, by the traveller whose name it bears, across the Vaal River in British Bechuanaland. ‘The exact locality of the type specimen seems to have been unrecorded, Gray contenting himself with the statement that the species occurs on the flats near the Cape. Burchell, however, tells us that he fell in with this species at several localities—to wit, Klaarwater, Kuruman, Littaku, &e. Matschie, indeed (Zool. Garten, xxxv. p. 66, 1894), believes that it extends eastwards as far as Zululand, basing his opinion apparently upon the assertion by Buckley that Burchell’s zebra is common in that country. It seems evident, however, that Buckley was speaking, not of the typical Burchelli, nor of the form recognized by Matschie as Burchel, in which there are no stripes on the legs, fore or hind, and only the merest traces of them on the flanks, but of either the form termed Chapmanni or that named Wahlberg?, in which, as explained below, the stripes reach below the hocks or even to the hoofs. According to Gray, the body of the type was white and marked with alternate broad stripes of black and narrow ones of brown, the latter nearly filling up the intervals between the former. Moreover, the “ shadow-stripes,” as stated in the description and clearly shown in the figure, were visible not only on the shoulder but right up the neck almost as far as the head. In other words, it may be briefly said that every broad black stripe on the neck and body was accompanied by its corresponding shadow-stripe ; and, lastly, none of the body- stripes pass beneath the belly, and only the upper part of the flank is ornamented with them, the lower part of this region, the belly, legs, and tail being quite white, and, according to Gray, without stripes, though probably this assertion must not be considered to include the median belly-stripe and the spinal stripe, which in all other known zebras spreads on to the root of the tail. The form figured and described by Matschie (Zool. Garten, xxxv. p. 66, 1894) as Burchell’s zebra, though showing the same distribution of stripes as in Gray’s type, appears to differ from it in the entire absence of shadow-stripes. None, at least, are mentioned in the description and none appear on the figure taken from a living specimen, from an unstated locality, in the Zoological Gardens at Berlin. But though differing from the type, this specimen seems to resemble the left-hand figure of the plate depicting Burchell’s zebras published by Gray in the ‘ Knowsley Menagerie,’ the drawing on the right representing an animal closely approaching the typical form, and distinguishable from Species and Subspecies of Zebras. 41 the other by its paler colour and the presence of shadow- stripes *, It is the specimen represented in the left-hand figure that the two examples that I have seen mostly resemble. One of these is in the Rothschild Museum at Tring and the other in the City Museum at Bristol. ‘These examples, however, are not exactly alike, and for neither, unfortunately, is there, I believe, any exact locality known. In the Bristol specimen the head and neck are whitish and normally marked with brownish-black stripes. The upper part of the body and the quarters, on the contrary, are clothed with dark ruddy greyish-brown hair, the dark stripes * Mr. J. ffolliott Darling tells me that there is a specimen of this sub- species in the Dublin Museum. It has the shadow-stripes extending halfway along the neck as in the type; but there are faint bars upon the hocks and two of the flank-stripes pass beneath the belly to join the ventral stripe. 42 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the being less distinctly defined than on the neck and more or less losing themselves in the brownish colour of the inter- vening spaces. ‘The lower half of the quarters and of the shoulder, as well as the belly, are whitish, the pale tint of the latter region being rather sharply defined from the dusky tint of the flanks. The belly-stripe is distinct, but the legs are without stripes, though the knees and shins of the fore legs and the pasterns and fetlocks of fore and hind legs are distinctly brownish. ‘There are no shadow-stripes in any way comparable in extent and distinctness to those which were visible in the specimen described by Gray, there being none visible upon the neck and those on the flanks and quarters being merely represented by indistinct patches or blotches. And, lastly, it may be mentioned that the spinal stripe is separated from the upper ends of the flank-stripes, but is touched on each side on the rump by a short branch from the adjacent stripe. The nostril-patches are black. The example in the Tring Museum, so far as could be judged from a cursory examination, differs from the one just described in two respects—namely, the upward extension of the flank-stripes to touch the spinal stripe and the presence of bars upon the knees and hocks. On account of the prevalent misconception as to the characters of the true Burchell’s zebra, a sketch taken from the specimen in the Bristol Museum has been published on p- 41 of this paper. There is no specimen of this zebra in the British Museum, and it appears to be scarce in the menageries and museums of this country; and on account of the general application of the term Burchelii to any or all of its subspecies, we are in ignorance of the exact area that it now occupies in 8. Africa. Subspecies antiqguorum (H. Smith). Hippotigris antiquorum, H. Smith, in Jardine’s Naturalist’s Library, Horses, p. 527, pl. xxii. (1841). Equus antiquorum, Matschie, Zool. Garten, xxxv. p. 68, fig. (1894). According to the figures published by Hamilton Smith and Matschie, and to the description given by the latter author, the zebra that received the name ant/quorum, on the suppo- sition that it was specifically identical with the one seen in the early days of African travel in the Congo region by Pigafetta, differs from Burchell’s zebra in having the stripes extending over the quarters almost down to the hock and from the shoulder to the knee, while those on the flanks, instead of stopping short where the white of the belly begins, Species and Subspecies of Zebras. 43 pass on to the lower surface of the belly, though without coming into contact with the ventral stripe. Shadow-stripes are visible over the quarters and flanks almost up to the withers, the tail is laterally banded, and the nostril-patches are reddish brown. Hamilton Smith calls this form the Congo Dauw, though there is no evidence that the example he figured and described came from that region. Matschie, on the other hand, speaks of it as the Damaraland zebra on the evidence afforded by a specimen in the Berlin Museum from the southern border of the Kalahari desert and from a reference to a zebra with white legs said by Chapman to inhabit Damaraland. I have had no opportunity of examining a specimen of this subspecies. Subspecies Chapmannt, Layard. Equus Chapmanni, Layard, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 417. When Layard established this species he was apparently alike unsuspicious of its near relationship to #. Burchelli and unaware of the existence of 1. antiquorum, since the emphatic terms in which he speaks of its distinctness apply to it only as compared with the mountain zebra (ZH. zebra). From this point of view HL. Chapmanni is, of course, a well-marked form, but from antiquorum it seems to differ only in characters of subspecific importance. ‘There is, however, unfortunately no type specimen and no figure, so far as I am aware, of any of the original examples from which the description was drawn up. But provisionally, at all events, the name may be attached to the form figured by Dr. Sclater as Chapmann? (P. Z. 8. 1865, pl. xxii.), a drawing of apparently the same subspecies being published in Sir William Flower’s book on the Horse, p. 87. From the account given by Layard it may be gathered that Chapmanni may be recognized from antiquorum at all events in the union of the lower ends of the body-stripes with the ventral stripe. The legs, too, are marked, though sometimes only faintly, to the hoof. Baines, indeed (/. c. p. 419), comparing Chapmanni with what he calls Burchell’s zebra, though probably not referring to the typical Burchelh, mentions the extension of the leg-stripes to the hoof in Chapman’s zebra as compared with the stopping short of these marks at the hocks and knees in Burchell’s species as the chief distinguishing feature between the two. Nevertheless it is questionable what value is to be attached to this character in comparing Chapmanni with antiquorum, since H. Smith, in his diagnosis of the latter, states that the 44 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the legs are at times marked to the fetlocks. It is clear, however, that the author may have confounded the two subspecies. One other feature mentioned by Chapman may be noticed— namely, that on the thighs the stripes are alternately pale brown and dark brown (/. ¢. p. 418). I have seen no zebra skin that exactly fits this descrip- tion, but at the present time there are several specimens living in the Zoological Gardens in London that precisely coincide with it. The legs are marked to the hoof, though not strongly striped thereto; shadow-stripes are visible on the quarters, and the muzzle-patches are almost black. Lastly, these zebras seem to be identical in all particulars with the one living in the Zoological Gardens in Berlin which Matschie has figured (Zool. Garten, xxxv. p. 70, 1894) to illustrate the distinctive features of the species he has named Béhmi. See also fig. 52, p. 95, ‘ Die Siiugethiere Ost- Afrikas,’ Berlin, 1895. Chapman fell in with the zebra which bears his name in the country lying between Damaraland and Matabeleland, the animal, according to Layard, being first met with 200 miles inland of Walvisch Bay, that is to say, in Damara- land, where it doubtless encroaches upon the territory of E. antiquorum and probably blends with it. Subspecies Wahlberg?, nov. This subspecies is based upon a stuffed specimen obtained in Zululand by Wahlberg, and now exhibited in the Mamma- lian Gallery of the Natural History Museum (B.M. no. 46.6.2.76). The stripes are a deep chocolate-brown in colour; those on the flanks are wider than the intervening spaces, but on the quarters the principal stripes are narrow, being only a little wider than the shadow-stripes, which are very distinct on this region and are traceable up to the withers. It is also noticeable that the first principal stripe below the one that runs to the root of the tail is almost as pale as the shadow- stripes. On the lower half of the quarters and shoulder the stripes begin to die away, becoming gradually thinner and more widely spaced, but are stronger on the knees and hocks than immediately above and below these joints. They extend to a point about halfway between the hocks or knees and fetlocks, the fetlocks, pasterns, and inner side of the legs being without markings.’ The lower ends of the flank-stripes meet the ventral stripe. he tail is laterally spotted, its tuft being almost entirely white, with only a few black hairs at ee Species and Subspecies of Zebras. 45 the tip. The nostril-patches dull tan-coloured (possibly faded). In the character of its markings this zebra resembles in a general way the West-African 2. ant/quorum, but appears to differ at least in the fusion of the flank-stripes with the ventral stripe. Moreover, judging by the figure that Matschie has published, the body-stripes in antiquor wm are narrower than the intervening spaces, not broader as in Wahlberg?, and the principal stripes across the quarters are much broader and stronger as compared with the shadow-stripes than in the Zululand form. Unfortunately too little is known about Chapmanni to make a close comparison between it and Wahlbergi possible. It is stated, however, that the legs were marked to the hoof, and there is every reason for concluding that in a fairly strongly striped form, such as Chapmanni seems to be, the stripes upon the quarters exhibit no such indications of dying away as are observable in Wahlbergi. In the Rothschild Museum at Tring there is also an example of this subspecies from Zululand. It differs from the type in the breaking up of the stripes on the lower half of the quarters and shoulder into an irregularly reticulated pattern. Subspecies Selowsi?, nov. This subspecies is based upon a Specimen shot by Mr. F.C. Selous on the Manyami River in Mashunaland, and now exhibited in the Mammalian Gallery of the Natural History Museum (B.M. no. 83.7.28.9). The body and neck are covered with broad brownish-black stripes, which are considerably wider than the intervening yellowish-white spaces, and the principal stripes on the quarters form broad black bands more than half the width of the pale spaces. ‘These spaces are marked by narrow and faint shadow-stripes, much thinner than the principal stripes ; faint traces of similar shadow-stripes are just discernible on the flanks. ‘The tail is strongly banded, the stripes meeting the caudal continuation of the spinal stripe ; ; the tuft is black, with only a few long white hairs at its base. On the legs the stripes show no signs of diminution either in thickness or intensity, being black and nearly as broad as the intervening white bands, while over the fetlocks and pasterns they become more or less fused together, the lower part of the pastern being quite black. The inner side of the pasterns and fetlocks of all the limbs are as strongly striped as the outer side; the knees and hocks are also banded on the inner side, and on the 46 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the hind leg there are stripes on the inner side of the cannon- bone; but for the rest the inner surfaces of the legs are unstriped, though the ends of the stripes of the outer side extend round the front and back of the limbs. The nostril- patches are coffee-brown. This form seems to be an exaggeration of the type known as Chapmannt, but appears to be separable from it by strength of the leg-markings and the much blacker fetlocks and pasterns. From Wahlberg? it is strikingly different, not only in the striping of the legs but also in that of the body and quarters, the principal stripes being noticeably wider as compared with the pale interspaces and the shadow-stripes very much fainter. A second specimen of this subspecies that I have seen was also obtained in Mashunaland by Mr. Selous, and forms part of the collection of the Hon. Walter Rothschild at Tring. It substantially agrees with the type, but has the shadow-stripes more conspicuous on the flanks. Subspecies Crawshay?, de Winton. Equus Burcheili Crawshaii, de Winton, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvii. p. 319 (1896). Of this subspecies, which inhabits the highlands of British Central Africa to the west and south of Lake Nyasa, the British Museum possesses three skins—one (the type) from Henga (Crawshay), a second from British Central Africa (A. Sharpe), and the third (a foal) from Mount Zomba, also obtained by the last-named collector. In general appearance Crawshayi most nearly approaches the Mashunaland form Selousi?, but is quite distinct from the latter, as from all the other subspecies of Burchelli, as Crawshay (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1895, p. 689) originally sup- posed. In the first place, there is no trace of shadow-stripes even on the quarters, where the stripes, black, as in other parts of the body, are as broad or even broader than the intervening spaces. ‘The tail is not decidedly striped laterally, but strongly spotted, with the tuft black. The legs are, if anything, even more strongly striped than in Selows??, the pasterns being black above the hoof and the inner surface barred from the knees and hocks downwards. And, lastly, the nostril-patches are bright tan in colour. It may be added, moreover, that there is a strong tendency in this form for the upper quarter stripes to break up into a network of bars which presents a superficial resemblance to the so-called eridiron pattern of the mountain zebra. Similar variations, however, are not infrequent in zebras of the Chapmanni type. Species and Subspecies of Zebras. 47 The foal from Zomba, mentioned above, is interesting, inasmuch as it differs from the typical form in having the nostril-patches black and six complete bands and one short one between the shoulder-stripe and the first flank-stripe that dorsally takes a backward bend on to the summit of the quarters, there being but four of these stripes in the type, four or five being the number in the various forms of Burchelli, as already pointed out by Prof. Ewart (‘The Veterinarian,’ Nov. 1896, p. 11, author’s copy). Subspecies Granti?, De Winton. Equus Burchelli Granti, de Winton, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvii. p. 319 (1896). In the collection of the British Museum there are three more or less imperfect skins of this subspecies, which may be comprehensively spoken of as the Masailand zebra. One of these was shot by Mr. J. Thomson at Uganda (see Proc. Zool. Soc. 1890, p. 413, fig.) ; the others were obtained by Dr. Gregory, one at Lake Baringo and the other on the Theca Theca River, upper Tana River (type). It resembles the Nyasaland form Crawshayi? in the entire absence of shadow-stripes, but may be readily distinguished by the deep chocolate-brown colour of the stripes, which are even wider than in Crawshay’s zebra, those on the quarters being very noticeably broader than the intervening spaces, and by the black nostril-patches. ‘The tail, too, is more decidedly striped at the sides, the tuft being black. The skin of the lower half of the legs is unfortunately cut away, but these appendages were probably striped to the hoof. On geographical grounds it might be supposed that this subspecies would prove identical with Hguus Béhmi, based upon a skin alleged to have been brought from Kilima Njaro and described by Matschie (SB. Ges. nat. Fr. Berlin, 1892, p- 181) as being distinguished by its whitish-yellow colour, broader stripes, legs banded though not strongly to the hoof, and shadow-stripes visible only on the quarters, the absence of any reddish-brown nostril-patches being subsequently added as a differential character (Zool. Garten, xxxv. p. 70). As has been observed, however (supra, p. 44), there is nothing in this diagnosis that serves to distinguish Béhm7z trom specimens, said to be South-African, now living at the Zoological Gardens in London, and ascribed, not without justification, to LH. Chapmanni, Layard. At all events the presence of the shadow-stripes stamps Béhmi as belonging to the type of Burchell’s zebra that is characteristic of the area to the south of the Zambesi, and differentiates it at 48 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the once from both of the East-African forms established by Mr. de Winton. (4) Equus Grevyt, Oustalet. Equus Grevyi, Oustalet, ‘La Nature,’ x. p. 12, 1882. This species, the most northerly of the zebras inhabiting Abyssinia and Somaliland, is strikingly different from the rest of the group (see figures in Proc. Zool. Soc. 1882, p. 721, and 1890, p. 413). The flanks and quarters are covered with a great number of narrow deep brown stripes separated by still narrower interspaces. The belly is free from transverse stripes as in the mountain zebra (1. zebra) ; but upon the quarters there are no broad obliquely longitudinal stripes, such as are seen in the last-named species and the various forms of , Burchell, the bands upon the upper half of this area being vertical (transverse), resembling both in size and direction those of the flanks; on the lower half of the quarters they assume a longitudinal direction, and are continued thence on to the hind Jegs, which, like the fore pair, are closely striped to the hoof inside and outside. Again, the spinal stripe, narrow behind the withers, is very broad over the saddle and rump, but broader on the saddle, where it fuses with the flank-stripes, than on the rump, where it is separated by a very wide space on each side from the upper ends of the quarter-stripes. The tail is not striped at the sides, but spotted, and its tuft is composed of black and white hairs. Connected with the markings on the head there are two pecu- liarities :—Firstly, the muzzle is not black, as in the other species (? the quagga), but greyish, and not many shades darker than the pale ground-colour of the rest of the head ; and, secondly, the stripes continued from the forehead on to the nose usually fail to meet the muzzle-patches, being at most connected with them by very fine lines. Lastly, the nostril-patches are not black, as stated by Matschie (Zool. Garten, xxxv. p. 71), but tan-coloured. So far as structural features are concerned, in ‘addition to the greater length of the face and ears as compared with the other zebras, this species is quite peculiar for the minute size of those bare patches of skin above the knee on the fore legs, which in England are spoken of as warts or chestnuts. The British Museum has skins and heads of this species from Berbera and from Durhi, Ogardain, 3000 feet alt., in Somaliland (Capt. Swayne), as well as a mounted specimen shot by Col. Paget in this same country. The subjoined table gives a summary of the chief characters OO EE Ee Species and Subspecies of Zebras. 49 and conclusions mentioned in the foregoing pages. ‘The species have been arranged in accordance with my views as to their affinities. In my opinion Grévy’s zebra stands apart from all the rest, the common mountain zebra having less affinity with it than with those of the Burchell type, although helping in part to bridge over the interval between the two. There seems, however, to be but little evidence to show to which of the fully-striped subspecies of Burchell’s the common zebra is most related, though for choice one would suggest one of those that occur to the north of the Zambesi—perhaps Crawshayi—in which there are no shadow-stripes. It is inter- esting to note in connexion with the subspecies of Burchell’s zebra that from north to south there is a gradual lessen- ing of the stripes both in intensity and extension, the gradation from Crawshayt to Selousid and thence through Chapmanni and Wahlberg? or antiquorum to Burchelli being very striking, the culminating point being reached by the quagga, which resembles the true Burchelli in many points both of colour and structure. a, Head, neck, and body, with the exception of the spinal and sometimes the shoulder-stripe, unstriped ; no longitudinal belly-stripe ; muzzle white, without patches above the nostrils, contrasting sharply with the darker EMiite OE CHOP MEAMH Ss. chads vicld eta ciecw adiss oa wae Assgs. (Central Asia to Somaliland.) 6. Head, neck, and, at all events, the fore part of the body distinctly striped; a longitudinal belly-stripe present; muzzle usually black, at all events not lighter than the ground- colour of the face, with a conspicuous blotch of dark-coloured hair above the nostrils .... ZEBRAS. (Abyssinia and Somaliland to Cape Colony.) a’. Warts on the fore legs very small; stripes on body and quarters narrow ; none of those on the flanks bent backwards dorsally to extend on to the quarters, the upper half of which is covered with vertical stripes arranged concentrically and almost semi- circularly around the root of the tail ; spinal stripe very broad, broadest on the middle of the back; muzzle of a greyish tint ; stripes on the nose practically stopping short of the nostril-patchesil, J. 4445 65 oad le nace Grevyt. (Abyssinia and Somaliland.) b'. Warts on fore legs large; stripes broader ; quarters marked with obliquely longitu- * dinal stripes, the upper of which arise from the posterior end of the body, where the upper extremities of the stripes are bent Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xx. f 50 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the backwards towards the root of the tail; no concentric arrangement of stripes round the root of the tail; muzzle dark, usually black; the stripes on the nose continuous with the nostril-patches.............4- . a’. Hairs along the spine between the rump and the withers reversed in direction of growth; ears longer, hoofs narrower, tail-tuft more scanty; all the body- stripes, with the exception of two which pass on to the rump and quarters, running up to meet the spinal stripe and cutting it at right angles; the area which lies over the rump between the spinal stripe and the uppermost haunch-stripe which runs to the root of the tail not longitu- dinally striped, but covered with the so- called gridiron pattern of transverse bars. b*, Hairs on spine not reversed in direction ; ears shorter, hoofs broader, tail-tuft fuller; the upper ends of some five or six of the stripes in the posterior half of the body bent backwards in a direction parallel to the spinal stripe; the area between the stripe then runs to the root of the tail, and the spinal stripe on the rump not covered with transverse bars, but crossed longitudinally by the back- wardly extending upper extremity of at least one of the body-stripes (not true of (Masailand to Cape Colony.) zebra, Linn. (Moun- tainous parts Cape Colony.) of quagga in every particular) .......... (Plains and tablelands of East and South Africa.) a*®, Ground-colour of neck, body, and quar- ters mostly pale ochre-yellow, some- times almost white, not chestnut; the stripes, which extend back as far as the rump and quarters, complete, and showing but slight indications of breaking up into spots ........... . (Burchell’s zebra sensu a*. Quarters marked with strong com- plete stripes below the long stripe that runs to the root of the tail; legs striped at least as far as the hocks and knees ; body-stripes ex- tending on to the belly and (except in antiquorum) touching the belly- stripe; tail spotted orstriped laterally a’, No trace of shadow-stripes between the principal stripes either on the body or quarters ; principal stripes on the quarters broader, or at latissimo.) Spectes and Subspecies of Zebras. 51 least as broad, as the intervening Heht spacesy shite.) sis!s +s /eiatedane (E. Africa, north of the Zambesi.) a’, Stripes brown, broad; nostril- paiches bimenw ete wba site ats Grantii, de Winton. (Masailand.) 6°. Stripes blacker, narrower ; nostril-patches yellowish brown (tam ee lamioteks . bs «sere tk Crawshayt,de Winton. (Nyasaland.) 6°. Shadow-stripes traceable between the principal stripes at least on the quarters; principal stripes on the quarters as a rule narrower than the intervening spaces .... (South of the Zam- besi. a", Body-stripes passing beneath the belly and meeting the ventral stripe. a®, Shadow-stripes on quarters faint and narrow, much nar- rower than the principal stripes; legs mottled or striped to hoof. a®, Outer side of legs strongly striped to hoof; fetlocks and pasterns completely striped both externally and internally ; lower half of pastern black from the fu- sion of stripes, as in Craw- BION a aioe teeta tern Selousit, nov. (Ma- shunaland. ) 6°. Stripes on lower half of legs showing a distinct ten- dency to become obliterated and break up into irregular brown spots; lower part of pastern not continuously Bia lper ian topes «oh ies .. Chapmanni, Layard *. (Between Damara- land and Matabele- land.) 6°. Shadow-stripes on quarters strong and distinct, not very much narrower than the principal stripes, which are themselves very narrow, far narrower than the interven- ing spaces that contain the shadow-stripes (fetlocks and pasterns without stripes or AOR) TS sw Lid bells. Wahlbergi, nov. (Zululand.) * Including also Lohmi, Matschie, judging from figures and descrip- tions. 4* 52 Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy on Aquatic Rhynchota. 67, Lower ends of body-stripes on belly not meeting ventral stripe ; principal stripes on quarters broad ; legs not or hardly striped below knees and hocks ...... antiquorum, H. Smith. (Damaraland.) 6* Quarters with only a few abbreviated stripes below the long stripe that runs to the root of the tail; body- stripes stopping short above the belly as in L. zebra, E. quagga, and E. Grevyi; legs without stripes, except sometimes on the knees and hocks; tail usually without lateral Epots OF StT1Pes aeeayr se isis sw is. © «i Burchelli, Gray (sensu stricto). (British Bechuanaland.) 6°, Ground-colour yellowish red or chest- nut, with the exception of the belly and legs, which are pale and without stripes asin 2. Burchelli ; body-stripes showing a strong tendency to die away on the posterior part of the flanks, when reaching the quarters broken up into Spots .',< sc Reem em se ieee quagga,Gmelin. (Cape Colony, south of Orange River.) VI.—Aquatic Rhynchota: Descriptions and Notes.—No. I. By Greorce W. KirKaLpy. Fam. Corixide. DIAPREPOCORIS, gen. nov. Oorixinarum genus, scutelle magno parapleurisque minutis in- structis ; ovalis, depressus ; capite magno, basi supra thoracem producto. Pronoto transversissimo, non rastrato. Scutello hemi- elytrisque non rastratis. Rostro unisegmentato. Palis bi- segmentatis. Pedibus intermediis posticisque Corive, Geoff., similibus. Oval, depressed, dull; head large (very convex at the vertex), overlapping the very transverse non-rastrate pro- notum. Scutellum very large, not rastrate; parapleura minute. Hemvzelytra not rastrate. Rostrum unisegmentate. Pale bisegmentate. Intermediate and posterior pedes as in Corixa, Geoff. This utterly distinct genus is readily distinguished by the very transverse pronotum and by the large scutellum; the parapleura and the unisegmentate rostrum will further sepa- Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy on Aquatic Rhynchota. 53 rate it from Sigara, Fabr., and the comparatively short posterior pedes from the long-legged Nychia, Stal. It appears to be most closely related to Corixa, and perhaps is intermediate between that genus and Nychia. 1. Diaprepocoris barycephala, sp. n. Caput subquadratum, basi concava, cum oculis hemispheroideum, oculorum marginibus Jateralibus interioribus fere parallelis, fere perpendicularibus capitis ad basin, verticem versus leviter diver- gentibus, basi quam oculorum utrorumvis basi latiore (a super. vis.). Pronotum circiter quadruplum latius quam longius, rugu- losum. Scutellum isoscele, non acuminatum. Hemielytra pubescente curtissima instructa, membrane lobis subequalibus. Tarsi intermedii unguiculis longiores, tarsi tibiaque subequales. Femora anteriora apicem versus calcare subtruncato instructa. 6 mihi ignotus. Q. Palarum segmentum 1"™ (a latere vis.) angustum, sublunatum ; subtus concavum ; segmentum 2" angustissimum, convexiuscu- lum, subcylindricum. Capitis frons longitudinaliter mediatim subcarinata. Head flavous, wider basally (seen from above) than either of the eyes, dorsal surface roughly square, interior lateral margins of the eyes nearly parallel and almost perpendicular to the base of the head, slightly diverging from the base; base of head concave, slightly sinuate. Head with eyes (seen from above) hemispheroidal; eyes fuscous. Pronotum about four times as wide as long, very finely rugose, brownish black anteriorly (pale where covered by the head), flavescent poste- riorly, lateral margins widely luteous. Scutellum flavescent, infuscated, isosceles triangular, very large, lateral margins narrowly black. Hemielytra sordid yellowish (slightly infuscated near the base of the clavus, on the basal half of the corium, and more or less of the apical half of the membrane), without guttulate or vermiculate markings ; scutellum and hemielytra furnished with short black pubescence. Lobes of membrane subequal. Anterior half of embolcum luteous. Metanotum black ; dorsal surface of abdomen dark fuscous (varying) ; connexivum dark fuscous anteriorly, paler poste- riorly. Pedes, including unguiculz, luteo-testaceous ; anterior Jemora armed with a blunt spur near the apex; intermediate tibie and tarsi subequal, unguiculi shorter; intermediate femora with short golden hairs; posterior tibie and tarsi armed with short concolorous spines. Whole ventral surface flavescent testaceous, with very fine short pale yellow pubescence. 54. Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy on Aquatic Rhynchota. The female apparently has no facial impression. — Head very convex, frons with a longitudinal median carina. Pale: first segment sublunate; second segment short, very narrow, slightly convex, subeylindrical. N.B.—This second segment appears to be a genuine second tarsal segment, not a single claw. The “ Klaue” of the pale of various Coriae mentioned and figured by Fieber (Bull. Soc. Impér. Moscou, xxi. (1° partie) tab. x. fig. 9 &., 1848) seems to me to be only a rather stiff palal bristle. Long. 6:2-7°3 millim.; lat. pronot. 2°4-3 millim.; lat. max. hemiel. 3°5 millim. Launceston (Tasmania) and Melbourne (Victoria) : British Museum. : Corixa, Geoff. 2. Corixa eurynome, sp. 0. Corixe atomaric, Illiger, remote affinis; capite fere rectangulari, oculorum marginibus lateralibus interioribus fere perpendiculari- bus capitis ad basin; pronoto hemielytrisque non rastratis, punctatissimis; pronoto subacutangulato; tibiis unguiculisque intermediis subsequalibus, tarsis longioribus. ¢. Faciei impressione fere ad verticem attingente; palis anguste cultratis. Strigili minutissima, subquadrata, dentium seriebus latis quattuor instructis. Q. Faciei impressione labioque ovoidem formantibus; palis an- guste cultratis. Very different from any other described Coriaa, in appear- ance not unlike C. atomarda, Illiger, superficially. Shining ; ead almost rectangular, pale testaceous, interior lateral margins of the eyes almost perpendicular to the base of the head. Pronotal angles rounded, subacute. Pronotum and hemielytra sordid testaceous, more or less infuscated, densely furnished with black punctuations, not rastrate ; no pronotal or hemielytral guttulate or vermiculate lineations, although the regular and dense punctuation gives the appearance of narrow black lines; hemielytra paler at the base (owing to absence of punctuation), covered with short pale hairs. Meso- and metanotum black ; mesosternum medianly black. Ventral aspect of abdomen and pedes (including coxe) flavo-testaceous ; intermediate tibie rather longer than unguiculi, which are much longer than the tarsi. 6. Hacial impression reaching almost to the vertex; dorsal aspect of head rather longer than in female, not longi- Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy on Aquatic Rhynchota. 55 tudinally medianly carinate; pale rather stouter than in female. yes sordid pinkish. Striyil exceedingly minute, bluish black, subquadrate, with four broad rows of “ teeth.” ?. Head very convex, facial impression and labium forming an ovoid, the base of which is continued slightly beyond the apical margins of the eyes; the impression is covered with short, dense, pale golden hairs. Head medianly longitudinally carinate. yes greenish. Long. 8°5-9 millim. Adelaide River, South Australia: British Museum. I am indebted to Mr. W. F. Kirby, F.L.S., for permission to describe the two preceding species. 3. Corixa australis, Fieber. Corixa australis, Fieber, Abh. k. béhm. Ges. Wiss. (5) vil. p. 232, pl. i. fig. 15 (1851). Head punctate. Width of base less than that of either eye (as seen from above). Pronotum obtuse-angled, very rastrate. Pedes: intermediate tibiw rather longer than the unguiculi, which are much longer than the tarsi. 6. Strigil comparatively large, suboval, truncated at both ends, bluish black, furnished with five or six rows of “ teeth,” the fourth or fifth being broken up into two or three dextro- laterally. Facial impression obovate, very large and deep, extending almost to the vertex; base of the interior impression curved, its lowest point in a line with the apical margins of the eyes. The female has not yet been described. I have not seen the type of this species, but two males from Tasmania in the British Museum accord with Fieber’s description and his figure of the male pale. ] am acquainted with only three Australian Cortre, all very different:—C. australis, Fieber, apparently belonging to the “ limitata, Fieber,” group; C. eurynome, described above; anda species allied to sérvata, Linn., of which I have seen a single specimen. ‘Iwo species are also recorded from New Zealand :—C. arguta, Buch. White (nt. Month. Mag. xv. p. 161, 1878), and C. zealandica (figure, but no descrip- tion), Hudson (Klement. Man. Insects N. Z., 1892). There are doubtless very many species yet to be recorded from those countries. Notes. Corixa subjacens, Walker, in 'Tennant’s Ceylon, i. (2nd ed.) 56 Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy on Aquatic Rhynchota. 1859, p. 293, and Motschulsky, Bull. Soc. Moscou, xxxvi. (pt. 2) p. 94 (1863), appears to be merely a list name (as is also Nepa minor, Walk.), and I am not aware of any pub- lished descriptions; the same remarks probably apply to C. lacustris and rivalis, Stephens (Syst. Catal. Brit. Ins. i. p- 354, 1829), Puton, Catal. Hém. faune paléarct. éd. 3 (1886), p. 66. nos. 54 and 55. [Even if published, Walker’s Nepa minor could not stand, as it is preoccupied by Palisot de Beauvois, Ins. rec. Afr. et Amér., 1803. ] Coriva cognata, D. & 8. (Ent. Month. Mag. vi. p. 246, 1870), is preoccupied by Fieber (Europ. Hem. p. 99, 1861) [whose species equals carinata, C. R. Sahlberg], and therefore requires anew name. It seems to be a bug of exceedingly limited range, and restricted to Scotland; and as the researches of Thomson, Wallengren, the Sahlbergs, and Reuter have not revealed its presence in Northern Europe, I have no hesi- tation in proposing the name 4. * caledonica.”’ Fam. Notonectida. 5. Notonecta Montandoni, sp. n. ) S} NV. triguttate, Motschulsky, affinis, convexa; capitis vertice quam basi duplo latiore; oculorum marginibus lateralibus interioribus magis rectis quam apud ¢riguttatam; pronoto anteriore subcon- stricto: tibiarum intermediarum calcari minuto; hemielytris punctatis. Allied to WV. triguttata, Motschulsky, and chinensis, Fallou (to the former in structure, to the latter in appearance and, in a less degree, structure), but larger and more robust ante- riorly ; head much broader and shorter; vertex a trifle more than twice as wide as the narrowest part of the head (near the base). Head and pronotum sordid testaceous ; eyes crimson; pro- notum finely but deeply punctate posteriorly, superficially rugose anteriorly ; scutellum black ; hemielytra punctate, with sparse pale pubescence ; dark crimson-lake, irregularly marked with black; as a rule the membrane is entirely, or almost entirely, black; in some specimens there are scarcely any spots at all on the clavus and corium, in others a broad undu- latory band runs across the corium ; embolium either entirely concolorous with the ground-colour of the hemielytra or blotched with black. Fedes fusco-testaceous ; intermediate tibial spur very small. Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy on Aquatic Rhynchota. 57 Ventral surface entirely black, except the connexivum, which is sordid testaceous, the junctures of the segments narrowly black. Long. 16-16°7 millim. ; lat. pronot. 6 millim. Ngan Hoei, Ho-Chan (China): Montandon’s collection and mine (kindly presented by Prof. Montandon). N. China: British Museum. The species of the family Notonectide are exceedingly difficult to diagnose satisfactorily separately ; the structural characters are very obscure and not always constant ; more- over, such characters as the punctuation of the head and pronotum (which, in conjunction with others, are used so extensively in other families of the Rhynchota) appear to be quite valueless here. The coloration of the hemielytra as a diagnostic character is here not only valueless, but even misleading. Almost the only satisfactory method left is the comparative, and that ceases to be satisfactory when one does not possess the other species necessary for comparison ! Montandoni is structurally very close to both tréguttata and chinensis; the hemielytra of the two latter, however, appear to be somewhat laterally sinuate and slightly dilated at the lateral margins of the corium, about one third of its length from its own apex ; there is not the slightest trace of this in Montandont. In chinensis the head is very much narrower towards the base ; from the base the lateral interior margins of the eyes keep almost parallel for a little space, then diverge (but not much) ; the vertex in this species is more than three times as wide as the narrowest part of the head (close to the base) ; in triguttata the head is wider basally than in chinensis and is not so widely divergent, the above-mentioned margins of the eyes are sensibly curved, and the vertex is a trifle more than two and a half times as wide as the narrowest part of the head; in Montandoni the head is wider both at the vertex and base, and the interior margins of the eyes are much straighter. From the above notes it may perhaps appear that Mon- tandoni is intermediate between tréguttata and chinensis ; but, from an exhaustive examination of a number of specimens of all three species, I am convinced that such is not the case ; although Montandont and chinensis are so similar in colour, it is rather triguttata that is the intermediate species. I have much pleasure in dedicating this large and hand- some species to my learned colleague Professor Montandon, who has helped in such a great degree, from his wide expe- rience and extensive labours, to increase our knowledge of 58 Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy on Aquatic Rhynchota. the neglected aquatic Rhynchota. I am also indebted to Dr. Bergroth for kindly lending me the type of N. chinensis. 6. Notonecta lactitans, sp. n. Gracilis, capitis vertice quam basi circiter quarto latiore, oculorum marginibus lateralibus interioribus fere parallelis; pronoto fere duplo latiore quam longiore. Long and narrow ; verter about a fourth wider than the base of the head, interior lateral margins of the eyes almost parallel; head longitudinally subcarinate at the base; head and prothorax sordid testaceous ; pronotum not quite twice as wide as long, punctate posteriorly, rugulose anteriorly ; eyes brown. Scutellum black. Metanctum and dorsal aspect of abdomen shining black ; genital segments blackish fuscous, margined with green. L/emielytra present a zebra-like ap- pearance ; clavus yellowish brown ; corium yellowish brown, with a broad dark brown band along the base; membrane basally dark brown, apically yellowish brown; the exterior margin of the hemielytra is very narrowly pale. Pedes apparently destitute of bristles, dark testaceous. Venter black. Connexivum greenish. In the specimen from Gaboon the left interior lobe is trans- lucent, sordid white, and the scutellar and sutural margin of the clavus narrowly blackish brown. Long. 12-12°5 millim. ; lat. pronot. 4—3°4 millim. Guinea: my collection. Gaboon: coll. Signoret, Hof- museum in Wien). Africa (Burchell) : British Museum. The specimens in the British Museum are labelled ‘ dact7- tans, Burchell.” I have searched through the whole of the two vols. of Burchell’s ‘ Travels’ and through his other works, and can find no trace of any such name; I have therefore treated it as MS., but have used the name to prevent possible future confusion. This species has no very close affinities with any other Notonecta ; its long and slender form will at once distinguish it, aided by its curious zebra-colour ; the structure of the head will place it in the neighbourhood of the American . insu- lata, W. Kirby. 7. Notonecta Uhlert, sp. n. Gracilis, angusta; capite parvo; oculis magnis, prominentibus, fere contiguis basin versus, marginibus lateralibus interioribus curvatis, late divergentibus verticem versus, capitis vertice 6-S8plo latiore quam basi. Somewhat of the size and form of N. americana, Fabr., Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy on Aquatic Rhynchota. 59 but flatter and not so robust, narrower at the base of the hemielytra, the eyes much larger and more prominent, and the head smaller. Eyes almost contiguous at their postero-interior angles, their interior lateral margins very curved, widely diverging towards the vertex, where the head is from six to eight times as wide as between the postero-interior ocular angles. Head and pro- notum smooth, shining, pale rufo-testaceous ; eyes reddish chestnut, irregularly bordered with black. Antenne: two basal segments madder-brown, two apical segments rufo- testaceous. Pronotum anteriorly somewhat rugose, with superficial spherical depressions, posteriorly very finely punctate; humeral angles acute, accentuated; lateral margins sinuate, ctirved posteriorly below the humeral angles, forming almost a continuous line with the lateral margins of the scutellum ; lateral margins distinctly and widely flattened anteriorly, the whole posterior half of the pronotum being elevated ; poste- rior margin not sinuate. Scutellum black, not pubescent; lateral margins very sinuate. Connexivum (1) rufo-testaceous, each segment narrowly black at the apex, or (2) entirely green. Hemielytra dark brick-red (or rich orange-yellow), with short, sparse, golden-yellow pubescence; a large irregular black blotch at the base of the corium and embolium ex- tending transversely and non-acuminately from the apex of the clavus to the golden-yellow lateral submargin of the embolium ; membrane dark red-brown, apical half black, this tint encroaching more or less upon the basal half. Pedes ruto-testaceous or greenish ; coxe blackish, posterior tarsal fringe blackish and golden pink; all the spines and spurs on the legs black ; unguiculi black; spur on inter- mediate tibiz blunt, subcylindrical, two or three rudimentary spurs nearer the base; tibize and tarsi with four or five long, black, stiff hairs inferiorly ; posterior femora with a double row of short spines inferiorly ; tibiz with short spines supe- riorly and inferiorly. Ventral surface: frons emerald-green, anteriorly suffused with rose; apical segment of rostrum black, remainder rufo- testaceous, marginally darker. Abdomen ruto-testaceous, densely furnished with blackish- green hairs; sternal hair-tufts golden pink. Long., ¢ 11-11°4 millim., lat. 3-5-4 millim. Long., 9 12 millim., lat. 4 millim. 60 Mr. J. Y. Johnson on new The female is larger and apparently more robust than the male, as is the case with some other species of Notonecta. Massachusetts and Florida: coll. Uhler. Massachusetts: British Museum. Massachusetts: Montandon’s coll. I have great pleasure in dedicating this handsome and remarkable species to the illustrious American Rhynchotist, to whose labours for the past forty years we are indebted in such large measure for our knowledge of, amongst other things, the North-American aquatic Rhynchota. N. Uhilert is at once distinguished by the very peculiar form of the head and eyes, as above described ; it is doubtless not uncommon over a large area of the United States. N.B.—In connexion with the above descriptions it may be as well to remark that, contrary, perhaps, to the usage of some entomologists, | have used the word ‘ transverse” in the sense of being wider than long: some rhynchotists, also, appear to use the word “ vertew’’ as the equivalent of the whole dorsal surface of the head (excluding the eyes) ; I have restricted the term to the apparent (as seen from above) apical margin of the head; the head, moreover, will be found to be narrowest in most Notonecte not at the base, but a trifle above it, between the postero-interior ocular angles in fact. Summary. Diaprepocoris, gen, nov. D. barycephala, sp.n. Australia, Coriza eurynome, sp.u. Australia. australis, Fieb. Additional description. subjacens, Walixer. lacustris, Stephens. Probably MSS. names. rivals, Stephens. Nepa minor, Walker. Corixa caledonica, nom. nov. for C. cognata, D. & 8. (preoccupied). Notonecta Montandont, sp. n. China. lactitans, sp.n. West Central Africa. — Uhleri, sp.n. North America. VII.—New Cyclostomatous Bryozoa found at Madeira. By JAMES YATE JOHNSON, Corr.M.Z.S. Tubuliporide. Alecto simplex, J. Y. Johnson. A very slender adnate thread, from the upperside of which rise the erect elongate cells in a single series. The adnate Cyclostomatous Bryozoa from Madeira. 61 stem is scarcely wider than the erect cells; it rarely divides dichotomously at the point where a cell arises, and it has not been seen to anastomose. The cells taper slightly upwards, are wrinkled transversely, and their mouths are circular. They are sometimes further apart, sometimes nearer each other, than the distance between them. Surface with white scattered granules. Ocecium not observed. This form seems to differ from A. granulata, H. M.-Edw., of which a figure is given in Mr. Busk’s Cat. Cyclost. Pol. B. M. pl. xxxii. fig. 1, where the adnate stem is represented as much thicker than the cells. Horneride. Hornera pectinata, Bk. This rare bryozoon was shortly described by Mr. Busk in the Mier. Journ. for Jan. 1861, vol. i. (n.s.) p. 79, pl. xxxiii. figs. 4—6, and again in his Cat. of the Cyclost. Polyzoa B. M. from a specimen sent by me to him many years ago. A few perfect specimens having since occurred, I am able to give a fuller account of the species and to describe the ocecium, not hitherto known. Colour greyish. Base spreading, trunk usually short and thick ; branches terete, strong, extending fan-like, sub- pinnately, or irregularly ; ultimate branches tapering. Ante- rior surface pierced by numerous oval pores, which are sunk in depressions and have slightly raised borders. Between the pores the surface is irregularly ridged. ‘The pores on the dorsal surface are larger and are partially filled up inside. The ridges are here more distinctly pronounced, and are sinuous, meeting and separating so as to form a reticulation. The peristome is minutely dentate. The ocecia are dorsal, brownish, semiglobular, and the surface is thickly set with warts, each of which has a depression at the top with a perforation therein. Three specimens were found on calcareous worm-cases attached to a Lithistid sponge (MacAndrewia or Corallistes). The largest specimen had a height of 21 millim, and a spread of 26 millim. Diastoporide. Diastopora catillus, J. Y. Johnson. Zoarium circular or elliptical, seated on a thin calcareous base; the margin vertical. Centre cupped, the younger deeply so, with scarcely any free area ; surtace finely granular, 62 Mr. J. Y. Johnson on new The radiating series of connate or partially free uniserial tubular cells are of different lengths ; some begin at the centre and extend to the top of the vertical marginal wall, others are irregularly shorter. The innermost cells are very short, with oblique elliptical mouths, and some of them are free. The higher cells towards the margin have circular horizontal simple mouths. The walls of the cells and the spaces between them are transversely rugose. The margin of the zoarium rises steeply from the basal plate, and this boundary wall is entirely composed of the mouths of immersed cells to the number of four in a vertical series. Ocecia not observed. This species is common on shells from deep water. The longer axis of the largest specimen I have seen measures 7 millim., excluding the basal plate, but the majority of my specimens are much smaller. In colour the younger ones are white, the older brownish. Diastopora pulchella, J. Y. Johnson. Cells distinct, erect, highest at the centre, gradually shorter towards the margin, which is low and thin; disposed quin- cuncially ; mouths round, horizontal, simple. No adven- titious tubules. Ocecia large, embracing several cells, in- flated, semiglobular, finely granular, and punctate. Zoarium white hyaline. The largest of my few specimens has a diameter of 3°5 millim. Three of them in beautiful condition are inside the valve of a Lima; others are on seaweed. Lichenoporide. (Discoporellide, Bk.) Lichenopora spinata, J. Y. Jolinson. Zoarium circular, on a thin calcareous base, elevated, almost cylindrical, slightly concave at the centre. Cells distinct, uniserial, higher at the inner end, in radiating some- what irregular series, long and short, four to six in a series. Mouths with four or five spines. In the vertical exterior wall are seen the mouths of about six immersed cells piled one above another. Central area studded with numerous spines and pierced by circular or suboval pores, the latter round at one end, angular at the other, the larger pores often partially filled up within. Surface of central area finely granular and punctate. One or two spines project hori- zontally from the lower part of some of the inner cells. Cyclostomatous Bryozoa from Madeira. 63 Between the radiating series of cells are one or two rows of ores. : A few examples of this small species were found upon a halichondrine sponge (Petrosta) which came from deep water off Madeira. The largest had a diameter of no more than 3millim. Its place seems to be near Lichenopora (Disco- porella) Jfimbriata, Bk. (Cat. Cyclost. Pol. B. M. p. 32, pl. xxvii.). Radiopora irregularis, J. Y. Johnson. White or brown, seated on a thin caleareous lamina. The zoarium usually consists of a central portion, around which extend subtriangular lobes, irregular as to their directions and relative sizes, but frequently giving to the whole something of the appearance of a starfish, such as Asterina, with short broad rays. The central portion of the zoarium is raised and cupped, and the cireumambient ridge is crossed by radiating series of upright connate cells. A depression runs along the middle of each exterior lobe, but stops short of the margin of the zoarium. Numerous series of cells are arranged at right angles to the median depression, and at the distal end of the lobe the series of cells radiate from the end of the furrow towards the margin. The cells are ‘upright, connate, and invariably form a single series. ‘They are highest near the central cup and the depres- sions of the lobes; they gradually fall in height until they become immersed, and their mouths alone are shown at the margin of the goarium. The mouth of the upright cells is prolonged into a mucro on the distal side, and sometimes on the opposite side also when the upper part of the cell is distinct. Round or oval pores varying in size occupy the central area and the lateral furrows. Between the series of cells there are two or three rows of pores. There is much irregularity both as regards the outline and the superficies of this species: for instance, there are some- times more intramarginal cups than one; at others there is no central cup at all; in some cases the central cup contains a short detached series of erect cells; a series of cells occa- sionally throws off a branch series or more than one. The largest specimen I have seen has a diameter of 10 millim. ‘This species has been found on seaweed and on Pinna shells, but the best examples were attached to the outside of a wine-bottle dredged in Funchal Bay. From the above description it seems that Mr. Busk’s definition of the genus (Cat. Cyclost. Polyzoa Brit. Mus. 64 On new Cyclostomatous Bryozoa from Madeira. p. 34) needs a little modification by the addition of the following clause at the end :—“ or in lines extending at right angles to the direction of their elongate lateral troughs.” Frondiporide. Frondipora maderensis, J. Y. Johnson. Shortly stipitate, irregularly ramose; branches sometimes upright, usually spreading laterally and curving retrorsely, rarely meeting and uniting. The ultimate branches (tertiary or quaternary) are short and lobe-like. The fasciculate cells open at the truncate ends of the upright branches and lobes; the orifices extend along the upperside of the lobes, but are not continued upon the branches. ‘The orifices are pentagonal, and smaller ones are intermixed. The smallest lobes have only from one to three orifices ; on others the orifices are seen in two connate series, The branches are subtriquetrous, 7. e. they are broader at the front than at the back. The anterior surface is obscurely granular; the posterior surface is faintly wrinkled transversely and is finely punctate reticulately. When fresh from the sea the zoarium is coloured a pale yellow, which fades to white. The largest of the specimens rises vertically but a short distance above its base, and then spreads laterally 39 millim. in one direction and 27 millim. at right angles thereto. All the specimens, which have been many years in my possession, were either attached to dead individuals of the coral Madracis asperula, M.-E. & H., or were seated on sponges so attached. This coral is found in deep water off the coast of Madeira. Reference may be made to Mr. Busk’s figures of /7rondi- pora palmata, Bk. (Cat. Cyclost. Pol. B. M. pl. xx. figs. 4, 5). The describer was not certain as to the locality from which his specimens came, but he believed they were brought from Australia. The species now described differs from 2”, palmata in these respects :—(1) the fasciculi of orifices are not continuous along the branches, but are confined to the ultimate lobes ; (2) the orifices do not open upon a raised portion of the horizontal branch or lobe, but open at once on the front of the lobe or at the ends of the upright branches; (3) Mr. Busk’s fig. 5 represents the branch between the lobes with a pitted surface. In the new species no part of the branch is visible between the lobes, the front of the branches and lobes being, as stated above, broader in front than behind. No part of the zoarium has a pitted surface. se ——— ee ee ee ee —— On Lepidoptera Heterocera from China &c. 65 If this species is admitted into the genus Frondipora, Mr. Busk’s definition of that genus should be modified thus :— Zoarium pedunculate ramose ; fasciculi opening only on one side, or at the ends, of the branches. VIIIl.—On Lepidoptera Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. By Joun Henry Leecu, B.A., F.L.S , F.Z.S., &e. —Part Il. Family Geometride ; Subfamilies nochromine, Orthostixine, Larentiine, Acidaliinew, and Geometrine. (Continued from vol. xix. p. 679.] Genus EUPITHECIA. (Curtis, Brit. Entom. vi. pl. lxiv. (1825).) Hupithecia proterva. Eupithecia proterva, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 445 (1878) ; Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 52, pl. liv. fig. 1 (1879). A nice series from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. Hab. Japan. Eupithecia signigera. Eupithecia signigera, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 442 (1879), Specimens from Yokohama and Gifu in Pryer’s collection. Hab, Japan. Eupithecia caliginea. Eupithecia caliginea, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 445 (1878) ; Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 52, pl. liv. fig 2 (1879). Eunithecia zbellinata, Christ. Bull. Mose. lv. (2) p. 117 (1881). Tephroclystis zibellinata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 66. There were three specimens in Pryer’s collection. Distribution. Amur; Japan. Hupithecia castigata. Geometra castigata, Hibn. Geom. fig. 456. Tephroclystis castigata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 66. There were four specimens (one male, three females) in Pryer’s Japanese collection. My native collector obtained the species at Nikko, and I have received it from Pu-tsu-fong, where specimens were taken in June. Distribution. Europe; Amur; Japan; Western China. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xx. 5 66 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera Eupithecta consortaria, sp. n. Primaries greyish, with a faint brownish tinge and marked with darker on the costa; there are two or three obscure dusky transverse lines before the conspicuous black discal spot, and a double line (rather more clearly defined and angu- lated below costa) beyond the spot ; submarginal line whitish, interrupted and bordered with dusky. Secondaries rather paler, with a blackish discal dot and an obscure dusky central band. Fringes greyish, marked with darker, Under surface pale fuscous grey; all the wings have a blackish discal dot, a dusky central band, and an obscure line beyond. A male specimen from Moupin, July. Hab. Western China, Allied to 2. castigata. Eupithecta coronata. Geometra coronata, Hiibn. Geom. pl. Ixxii. figs. 872, 373. Eupithecia lucinda, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist, (5) iv. p. 442 (1879); ll). Typ. Lep. Het, Ix. pl. clxx. tig, 11 (1893). Chlorociystis ducinda, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 396 (1895). Specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. Eupithecia excisa. Eupithecta excisa, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 445 (1878) ; Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 52, pl. Iii. fig. 11 (1879). Chlorociystis palpata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 391 (1898). Specimens from Yokohama, Gifu, and Yesso in Pryer’s collection. Hab. Japan and Yesso. Eupithecta minuta. Collix mitnuta, But]. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 421. Three specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. Hab. Japan. This species appears to be closely allied to E. rectangu- lata, Linn. Eupithecia Julia. Lobophora Julia, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 446 (1878); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 58, pl. liv. fig. 4 (1879). ae palpata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 391 (1895). Srom China, Japan, and Oorea. 67 There were specimens from Oiwake, Yokohama, Gifu, and Yesso in Pryer’s collection. Hab. Japan and Yesso. Probably an Eastern Asian representative of ZL. rectangu- lata, L. Eupithecia consueta. Eupithecia consueta, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 442 (1879). Five specimens from Yokohama and one from Yesso in Pryer’s collection. Hab. Japan and Yesso. Eupithecia Pryeriaria, sp. n. Male.—Pale whity brown. Primaries traversed by several pale brown, transverse lines, but these are only distinct on the costa; there is a pale brownish mark on the basal third of costa and a short oblique dash below it on the inner margin; discal dot black ; outer marginal area of all the wings pale brown, traversed by a whitish wavy line. Under surface slightly suffused with fuscous; all the wings have a dusky border on outer margin. Female.—Rather browner, and the transverse lines are more distinct. Expanse 24 millim. Three examples of each sex in Pryer’s collection from Yokohama and Yesso. Hab, Japan and Yesso. Eupithecia fuscicostata. Eupithecia fuscicostata, Christ. Rom. sur Lép. iii. p. 11, pl. i. fig. 6 (1887). Eupithecia fuscostigma, Alph. op. cit. vi. p. 80 (1892). Alphéraky records an example of each sex of this species from the province of Kan-sou, taken in July. He states that the specimens are paler and that there are tewer brownish markings on the disk of the wings. Distribution. ‘Transcaucasia ; Western China. Eupithecia Sophia. Eupithecia Sophia, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 444 (1878) Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii, p. 61, pl. liii. fig. 9 (1879). Butler describes this species from Yokohama; there were no specimens in Pryer’s collection. Hab. Japan. 5* 68 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera Eupithecia invisa. Eupithecia invis , Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 444 (1878) ; Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 51, pl. lili. fig. 10 (1879). Butler’s type was from Hakodate; Pryer did not meet with it, and [| failed to obtain it in any part of Japan that I collected in. Hab, Japan. Probably a form of £. castigata, Hiibn. Hupithecia sinicaria, sp. n. Primaries brownish, darker along the costa; the basal area is whitish, limited by a wavy whitish band, which is clearly defined on the dark costal area and is intersected transversely by a wavy dark line; there is another similar whitish band beyond the black discal dot, but this does not proceed below the middle of the wing; these bands are connected by an irregular whitish patch below the dark costal area; third band whitish, intersected by a dark line on costa, but hardly traceable below, except as white points on the nervules, sub- marginal line dusky. Secondaries greyish, traversed by five wavy whitish bands, the third and fourth of which are most distinct. Under surface fuscous grey ; primaries with a black discal dot and indications of dusky transverse bands ; secondaries with whitish bands as above. Expanse 24 millim. A male specimen from Che-tou, Western China: July. Allied to H. succentureata, Linn., from Europe. Eupithecia rufescens. Eupithecia rufescens, But]. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 445 (1878) ; Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 52, pl. lili. fig. 12 (1879). Specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. I took the species in Satsuma in May. Hab, Japan and Kiushiu. Eupithecia niphonaria, sp. n. Primaries brownish, with some darker marks on the costa ; discal dot black ; submarginal line whitish, serrated to inner margin; there is a small white spot on it just above the inner margin. Secondaries rather paler, with a blackish discal dot and dusky indented central line. Fringes greyish, very broad, and preceded by a blackish line, which has pale dots on it at the ends of the nervules. Under surface paler from China, Japan, and Corea. 69 than above; primaries are slightly suffused with fuscous on the basal and outer marginal areas; the secondaries have two fuscous transverse lines, and all the wings have a blackish discal dot. Expanse 22 millim. A female specimen in Pryer’s collection from Japan. Allied to Z. absinthiata, Cl., from Europe. Eupithecia carearia, sp. n. Pale brown. Primaries with a broad darker central band enclosing the blackish discal spot ; the costal portion of the band above the discal spot is much darker than the remainder ; there are indications of an interrupted pale submarginal line ; this is preceded and followed on the costa by brownish clouds, and edged inwardly with the same colour above the middle and towards inner margin. Secondaries have a black discal dot. Fringes pale brown, preceded by an interrupted blackish line. Under surface paler than above, with blackish discal dots and faint traces of dusky transverse markings. Expanse 25 millim. Two male specimens in Pryer’s collection. Hab. Japan. Allied to #. indigata, Hiibn., from EKurope. Eupithecia costimacularia, sp. n. Whitish. Primaries have four brownish spots on the costa, the first representing the upper portion of a basal patch, the second and third are near together, and the fourth is preceded by the whitish wavy line, which is inwardly bordered with brownish, especially towards inner margin; there are some brownish marks on the middle of the inner margin and the discal spot is elongate and black. Second- aries have a blackish discal dot; some brownish clouds on abdominal margin, from which there are indications of dusky bands across the wings. Fringes whitish, marked with brownish and preceded by a blackish line. Under surface whitish; primaries have the markings of upper surface faintly reproduced, except on inner margin ; secondaries have a larger discal mark and two dusky transverse lines. Expanse 24 millim. One female specimen from Japan, probably from Yokohama. Hab. Japan. Allied to E. oblongata, Thnb., from Europe. 70 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera Eupithecia obliquaria, sp. n. Primaries pale brown, basal and outer marginal areas clouded with blackish; there is an inwardly oblique and slightly angulated dark brown or blackish band about the middle of the wing; this is joined by an outwardly oblique streak on costal area; beyond the central band is a fine wavy blackish line, originating at costal extremity of central line and termi- nating in a spot on inner margin; submarginal line whitish and interrupted. Secondaries greyish ; abdominal area pale brownish, barred with blackish. Fringes agree with the wings, preceded by a blackish line. Under surface greyish, suffused with fuliginous on primaries ; secondaries have three dusky transverse lines ; primaries have an elongate blackish discal mark and a spot of the same colour beyond it on costa. Expanse 28 millim. Two male specimens from Ta-chien-lu: May and June. Hab. Western China. Allied to Z. pheniceata, Ramb., from Europe. Eupithecia brevifasciaria, sp. n. Primaries brownish ; basal patch slightly darker, limited by a blackish line; central fascia indicated by blackish lines from costa to inner margin, the space between them blackish towards costa, forming a quadrate patch; beyond fascia is a pale band, whitish on costal portion, but suffused with the ground-colour below ; outer marginal area with a blackish cloud on costa before apex, another below apex, and one at inner angle; these clouds are intersected by a whitish serrated submarginal line; there is a pale streak from apex to fascia. Secondaries whitish; the basal area is traversed by four blackish or fuscous bands, the outer one transversely inter- sected by a wavy line paler than ground-colour; outer marginal area fuscous, intersected by two whitish waved lines ; the central space is paler than the ground, its outer edge crenulate. Fringes brown. Under surface whitish, tinged with fuscous ; basal area traversed by diffuse fuscous lines and limited by a blackish line, angled at the middle; outer marginal area traversed by a fuscous line and limited by another line—the latter is marked with darker on neuration and is slightly curved on primaries and angled on second- aries ; the intervening space on both wings, a spot about middle of outer margin of primaries, and a marginal band on secondaries paler than the ground-colour. Expanse 28 millim. Aas from China, Japan, and Corea. 71 One male specimen from Chow-pin-sa: May. Haid. Western China. Allied to E. pulchellata, Steph. Eupithecia mandarinaria, sp. n. Primaries pale brown, suffused and clouded with darker, and traversed by three black lines, each of which originates in a black mark on costa, and externally edged with whitish throughout its course; the inner is slightly curved, the outer is sharply dentate, and the median one is twice angled, the upper angle almost touching a dentation of the outer line; submarginal line wavy, whitish ; discal spot black, encircled with whitish, large and conspicuous. Secondaries whity brown, dark brown on outer marginal area; there are two dusky transverse lines before the middle and a_blackish- edged whitish dentate line beyond the middle, but this latter only extends from abdominal margin to third median nervule ; submarginal line wavy, whitish. Fringes brown, marked with whitish and preceded by a whitish line. Under surface whitish, suffused with darker on the outer marginal area; primaries have a black discal spot, a black mark on costa beyond, and the transverse lines of upper surface are faintly indicated ; secondaries have a black discal spot, some dusky transverse lines, and a series of blackish marks on the nervules, Expanse 30-38 millim. Fitteen specimens from Ta-chien-lu, Wa-shan, and Pu-tsu- fong, June; and one female example trom Kiukiang. fab, Central and Western China. In the Kiukiang example the transverse lines of primaries are very faint, but the black line beyond middle of secondaries is Very conspicuous. Alhed to #. togata, Hiibn. Genus MicroLoBA. (Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 405 (1895).) Microloba bella. Melanippe bella, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 448 (1878) ; Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 55, pl. liv. fig. 10 (1879); Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. vy. p. 53, pl. iv. fig. 11 (1830). Tyloptera eburneata, Christ. Bull. Soc. Nat, Mose. lv. (2) p. 116 (1880). Microloba bella, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 405 (1895). There were specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collec- tion. I obtained the species at Gensan in July and at Hako- date in August, and my native collector met with it in the 72 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera island of Kiushiu. Examples have also been received from Ta-chien-lu, Pu-tsu-fong, Chia-ting-fu, and Chang-yang: June and July. Distribution. Amur; Askold; Corea; Japan; Yesso; Kiushiu ; Western and Central China. Genus BRABIRA. (Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 271 (1888).) Brabira artemidora. Melanippe artemidora, Oherth. Etud. d’Ent. x. p. 33, pl.i. fig. 6 (1884). Brabira pallida, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 271, pl. vill. fig. 12 (1887). Brabira artemidora, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, ii. p. 406 (1895). Mr. Smith took two specimens at Hakone in August, and there were two in Pryer’s collection. Distribution. Siklim (Hampson) ; Askold; Japan. Brabira plicataria, sp. n. Cinnamon-brown. Primaries have two short blackish streaks on costa before the broad central fascia, which has a darker patch on its middle; there are traces of a submarginal band, especially towards costa; these bands are continued on the secondaries; all the wings have a black discal dot. Fringes of the ground-colour, preceded by a series of black dots. Under surface tinged with fuscous, with bands of upper surface reproduced. In the male the abdominal margin of secondaries is deeply folded. Expanse, ¢ 27, 2 30 millim. Two male specimens from Omei-shan and one female from Moupin: July. Hab. Western China. Superficially this species resembles Venusca dharmsale, Butl. Genus BESSOPHORA. (Meyrick, Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 63.) Bessophora Staudingert. Ptychoptera Staudingeri, Christ. Bull. Mose. lv. (2) p. 83 (1881). Bessophora Staudingert, Meyrick, Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 63. I took two specimens at Gensan in June. Distribution. Amur ; Corea. Ptychoptera being preoccupied in Diptera, Meyrick has changed the name of this genus to Bessophora. from China, Japan, and Corea. 73 Genus LOBOPHORA. (Curtis, Brit. Ent. ii. p. 81.) Lobophora halterata. Phalena halterata, Hufn. Berl. Mag. iv. 608 (1769). Geometra hexapterata, Schitt. Wien. Verz. 109 (1776); Hiibn. Geom. fie, 232. Trichopteryx hexapterata, Hiibn. Verz. Schmett. p. 323. Lobophora hexapterata, Steph. Il. Brit. Ent., Haust. iii. p. 278; Guen. Phal. ii. p. 307. Lobophora halterata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 62. A few specimens from Yesso in Pryer’s collection. Distribution. Kurope; Amur; Yesso. Genus TRICHOPTERIGIA. (Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 403 (1895).) Trichopterigia costipunctaria, sp. n. Primaries pale brown, dotted with black on the costa; there is a blackish spot on the median nervure near the base ; beyond there are two reddish spots, representing the first transverse band; central band reddish brown, interrupted between median nervure and costa, and intersected by some blackish marks on the nervules; submarginal band inter- rupted, reddish above inner margin. Secondaries whitish. Fringes agree in colour with the wings, preceded on primaries by aseries of black dots (two at the extremity of each nervule). Under surface similar to above, but the markings of primaries are fuscous in colour. Expanse 40 millim. One male specimen and one female from Gifu in Pryer’s collection. Hab. Japan. Genus TRICHOPTERYX. (Hiibn. ; Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 61.) Trichopteryx volitans. Lobophora volitans, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 446 (1878) ; Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iu. p. 53, pl. liv. fig. 5 (1879). A nice series from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. Hab. Japan. 74 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera Trichopteryx hemana. Larentia hemana, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 444 (1878) ; Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 51, pl. li. fig. 8 (1879). There was a nice series in Pryer’s collection from Yoko- hama, and my native collector obtained the species in the island of Kiushiu. Hab. Japan and Kiushiu. Trichopteryx choaspitis. Lobophora choaspitis, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. x. p. 33, pl. i. fig. 10 (1884). There was a specimen from Gifu in Pryer’s collection that I consider to be referable to this species. Oberthiir’s type was from the isle of Askold. Distribution. Askold; Japan. Trichopteryx grisearia. Lobophora grisearia, Leech, Entom., Suppl. p. 54 (May 1891). Five males and three females, probably from Yokohama, in Pryer’s collection. Hab, Japan. Trichopteryx terranea. Lobophora terranea, Butl, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 446 (1878) ; Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 53, pl. liv. tig. 6 (1879). Five specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. Hab. Japan. Trichopteryx misera. Lobophora misera, Butl. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 443 (1879). There were nine specimens from Yokohama and one from Gifu in Pryer’s collection. Hab. Japan. Trichopteryx bellaria, Lobophora bellaria, Leech, Entom., Suppl. p. 54 (May 1891). A male specimen from Yokohama and a female from Gifu in Pryer’s collection. Hab. Japan. Trichopteryx viretata. Geometra viretata, Hibn. Geom. pl. xliv. fig. 280. Trichopteryx viretata, Hiibn. Verz. Schmett, p. 323 ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i. p. 405; Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond. 1892, p- 62. JSrom China, Japan, and Corea. 75 Lobophora viretata, Steph. Ill. Brit. Ent., Haust. iii. p. 278; Guen. Phal. ii, p. 368. One female specimen from Ta-chien-lu, taken in May. Distribution. Europe ; Ural; Western China. Dharmsila ; Sikhim ; Khdsis (/ampson). Trichopteryx consobrinaria. Lobophora consobrinaria, Leech, Entom., Suppl. p. 54 (May 1891). One male specimen from Gifu in Pryer’s collection. This species is closely allied to L. viretata, Hiibn. Hab. Japan. Trichopteryx obscuraria. Lobophora obscuraria, Leech, Entom., Suppl. p. 55 (May 1891). Several male specimens from Loochoo and Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. Hab. Japan and Loochoo. Trichopteryx olivaria, sp. n. Primaries olivaceous grey ; costa marked with black ; first line blackish, almost straight, and near the base of the wing; central band indicated by two black lines, connected below the middle by black bars on the nervules; the outer line is intersected by black bars on the neuration above the middle, bordered throughout its course with fuliginous, and terminates in a black patch, enclosing a white spot, on inner margin ; submarginal band interrupted, blackish, followed by a wav whitish line. Secondaries fuscous grey, with blackish discal dot. Fringes agree with the wings in colour, preceded by an interrupted black line. Under surface brownish grey on basal two thirds ; outer marginal third paler, traversed by a dusky submarginal band ; discal spot black, obliquely linear on primaries. Eixpanse 35 millim. One female specimen in Pryer’s collection. Hab. Japan. Trichopteryx muscigera. Lobophora muscigera, But]. Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. 1881, p. 421. Pryer refers to this species in his Catalogue (564, Fujisan), but there were no specimens in his collection, and I have not seen any example other than the type in the National Collection at South Kensington. Hab. Japan. 76 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera Genus Sauris. (Guen.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 408 (1895).) Sauris nigrilinearia, sp. n. Primaries ochreous, with a faint greenish tinge; there are three black marks on the costa, and from each of these there are traces of transverse lines, the outer double and most distinct; on the outer marginal area there are two black transverse lines, the first curved and recurved and the second more or less interrupted; the space enclosed by these lines, from inner margin to above middle, fuscous grey, clouded with blackish; discal dot black, elongate ; fringes greyish, darker at base, and preceded by a series of black dots. Secondaries fuscous grey. Under surface pale brown, with a pinkish tinge; outer marginal area of primaries suffused with dusky. Expanse 34 millim. One male specimen in Pryer’s collection without locality ticket. Hab. Japan. Sauris nanarta, sp. n. Primaries whitish, suffused with dusky on basal and costal areas, the latter tinged with ochreous; beyond the middle there is a broad, fuscous, transverse band—this is represented by a few scales only between the second median nervule and inner margin, and is edged outwardly on the costal area with whitish ; outer marginal area blackish, interrupted exteriorly towards inner margin, and traversed by a thin line of the ground-colour ; fringes greyish, preceded by a series of black dots. Secondaries fuscous grey. Under surface whitish, suffused with dusky on costal and outer marginal areas of primaries. Expanse 20 millim. One male specimen in Pryer’s collection; locality not indicated. Hab. Japan. Genus DIscoLoxta. (Warren, Novit. Zool. ii. p. 105 (1895).) Discoloxia megaspilata. Discoloxia megaspilata, Warren, Novit. Zool. ii. p. 105 (1895). Warren describes this species from Japan. There was a nice series from Gifu in Pryer’s collection. Hab. Japan. from China, Japan, and Corea. 77 Genus HypDRELIA. (Hiibn.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 412 (1895).) Hydrelia sylvata. Geometra sylvata, Hiibn. Geom. fig. 231. Phalena testaceata, Donoy. Brit. Ins. xiv. pl. eecelxxxvii. fig. 1 (1810). Hydrelia sylvata, Hiibn. Verz. Schmett. p. 322. Asthena sylvata, Guen. Phal. i. p. 487. Eucheca sylvata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 74. Three specimens from Oiwake and two from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. Distribution. Europe; Amur; Japan. Hydrelia plenaria, sp. n. Whitish grey. Primaries have a darker greyish band beyond the middle, transversely intersected by an interrupted line of the ground-colour, followed by a double greyish wavy line. Secondaries have six wavy greyish lines, but those on basal half are less distinct than those on outer half. Fringes greyish, preceded by an interrupted blackish line. Under surface whitish ; primaries suffused with fuscous; all the wings have two dusky, wavy, transverse lines. ixpanse 21 millim. ‘Two male specimens from Chang-yang: June and August. Hab. Central China. Hydrelia phasma. Emmelesia phasma, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p.441 (1879). Acidala latsaria, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. xviii. p. 32, pl. iii. fig. 35 (1893). Hydrelia phasma, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 412 (1895). I took the species at Hakodate in August, and my native collector obtained it at Gensan in August and also in the island of Kiushiu. Eight specimens trom Gifu, one from Yokohama, and one from QOiwake in Pryer’s collection. Oberthiir records the species from Ta-chien-lu. Distribution. Japan; Yesso; Kiushiu; Western China; Corea. Hydrelia nisarta. Acidalia nisaria, Christ. Bull. Mose. ly. 2, p. 49 (1881). A fine series in Pryer’s collection. The specimens are from Yokohama, Oiwake, and Gifu. I obtained the species at Gensan in July and at Hakodate in August. Distribution. Amur; Japan; Yesso; Corea. 78 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera Hydrelia Blomert. Melanippe Blomeri, Curtis, Brit. Ent. pl. eecexyi. (1832). Emmelesia Blomeri, Steph. Il. Brit. Ent., Haust. iv. p. 393. Acidalia pulchraria, Eversm. Bull. Mosc. 1842, iii. p. 557. Eucheca Blomeri, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 74. One male specimen in Pryer’s collection. In this example the only character that shows up at all prominently is the short brownish fascia. Distribution. Europe; Amur; Japan. Hydrelia marmoraria, sp. 0. Primaries ashy grey; subbasal line black, followed by a diffuse brownish band; beyond this there is a black line shaded inwardly with brownish ; this is angled to the black linear discal mark, and again towards inner margin, where it meets an elbow of a fascia composed of three black lines; the outermost of these lines has a bidentate projection; the whole of the apical area is clouded with reddish brown; sub- marginal line wavy, curved and recurved, blackish towards inner margin and outwardly edged with black about the middle. Secondaries brownish grey, with some dark trans- verse lines and whitish bands, but, with the exception of the interrupted outer white band, these are only clearly defined on abdominal area. Fringes whitish, preceded by a series of black spots. Under surface fuscous grey, with some of the black lines of upper surface reproduced. Secondaries whitish, with a blackish central line and a fuscous submarginal band ; all the wings have a blackish discal dot. Expanse 26 millim. One male specimen from Chang-yang: August. Hab. Central China. Hydrelia luteata. Geometra luteata, Schiff. Wien. Verz. p. 110, Geometra lutearia, Hibn. Geom. fig. 105. Asthena lutearia, Hiibn. Verz. Schmett. p. 310; Guen. Phal. i. p. 435. Eucheca luteata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 74. There were two specimens, probably from Yokohama, in Pryer’s collection; these are paler than the European examples in my collection. Distribution. Europe; Amur; Askold; Japan. Hydrelia ochrearia, sp. n. Pale ochreous ; all the wings have indications of subbasal, from China, Japan, and Corea. 79 central, and submarginal brownish lines, most conspicuous on the costa ; the primaries have a brownish dot on costa between central and submarginal lines, and the secondaries have a brownish discal spot. Fringes of the ground-colour preceded by a series of minute black dots. Under surface whitish ochreous ; primaries suffused with fuscous brown on costal portion of basal half; costa beyond tinged with darker ochreous. Expanse 27 miliim. One male specimen from Pu-tsu-fong: June or July. Hab. Western China. Hydrelia straminearia, sp. n. Pale stramineous. Primaries with four and the secondaries with three transverse dusky lines, the outer two in each case wavy and double; on the primaries there is a blackish dot at the costal extremity of the second and third lines; all the wings have a blackish discal dot. Under surface whitish ; primaries tinged with stramineous on the apical and outer marginal areas, and clouded with fuscous on costal portion of basal area; there is an angulated and sinuous fuscous central line, and a double wavy line beyond also fuscous : secondaries have indications of two fuscous transverse lines; discal dots as above. Expanse 33 millim. One male specimen from Wa-shan: June. Hab. Western China. HHydrelia albidaria, sp. n. White, with slight creamy tinge. Primaries have a black discal dot and four dusky, wavy, transverse lines, the third double; secondaries have three such lines, the middle one double. Under surface white; primaries fuscous on costal portion of basal area and traversed by three wavy fuscous lines, the central one well defined; secondaries have two fuscous lines ; all the wings have a black discal dot, and the fringes are preceded by an interrupted blackish line. Expanse 30-32 miilim. One male specimen from Chia-kou-ho, a female from Chia- ting-fu and one from Wa-shan: June and July. I have described the female from Chia-ting-fu, as the markings are more distinct in this particular specimen than in either of the others. Hab. Western China. 80 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera Hydrelia distinctaria, sp. n. Whitish. Primaries traversed by five dark grey lines, the fourth double ; costa has a broad ochreous streak, increasing in width towards outer margin; there is a blackish-grey mark at the base of costa and five others beyond, from the third, fourth, and fifth of which the second, third, and fourth transverse lines commence; the costal half of the double fourth line is clouded with blackish grey, and there are two spots of the same colour towards costa beyond fifth line and one on costa just before apex; discal spot black. Secondaries have three dark grey transverse lines, the second double; discal dot black. Fringes silky, preceded by blackish-grey dots towards apex of pri- maries and about the middle of secondaries. Under surface whitish ; primaries have an elongate blackish patch at base and two irregular blackish bands beyond, extending from costa to second median nervule, whence they are continued as lines to inner margin: secondaries have lines of upper surface faintly reproduced. Expanse 32 millim. T'wo male specimens from Pu-tsu-fong and one from Wa- shan: June. Hab. Western China. Hydrelia recurvilineata. Agnibesa recurvilineata, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 256 (1887). Hydrelia recurvilineata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 415 (1895). I received a male specimen from Omei-shan, taken in July, and one from Chang-yang, taken in August. Distribution. Sikhim (Hampson); Central and Western China. Hydrelia punctilinearia, sp. n. Somewhat similar to H. recurvilineata, but the orange markings are more restricted, the transverse lines of primaries are more clearly defined, and all the wings have a distinct submarginal line, macular or interrupted. ‘The three lines on secondaries are finer, wider apart, and the two outer ones are dotted with black on the nervules. Expanse 32-34 millim. One male specimen from Chow-pin-sa, taken in June. » one from Kia-ting-fu, taken in July. Hab. Western China. from China, Japan, and Corea, 81 Hydrelia pictaria. Somatina (?) pictarta, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1867, p. 645. Agnibesa pictaria, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 256 (1887). Hydrelia pictaria, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 415 (1895), I received two male specimens from Ta-chien-lu and a female from Wa-shan, all taken in July. Distribution. Sikhim (Hampson) ; Western China. HHydrelia electaria, sp. n. Pale straw-yellow, traversed by obscure irregular lines. Basal area and costal portion of median third of primaries purplish, tinged with greyish; the basal area limited by a blackish curved line, edged with ferruginous, encloses an irregular patch of the ground-colour, and is traversed by an angulated blackish line; the costa beyond the limits of the basal patch is of the ground-colour, partially suffused with purplish ; outer third ferruginous, merging into yellowish on apical area and towards inner margin, is limited by a lunu- lated blackish line and traversed by an obscure purplish-grey band ; submarginal line represented by some blackish lunules, preceded by yellowish dots towards costa; a conspicuous black spot between the second and third median nervules and a smaller one in the space below. Secondaries have the abdo- minal margin tinged with ferruginous; outer third, which is of the ground-colour, merging into ferruginous towards the lunulated blackish limiting line, encloses a transverse series of greyish-ringed spots of the ground-colour, and is traversed by a tapered purplish-grey band; discal dot black. Fringes of the ground-colour with a brownish line at their base. Under surface pale whity brown: primaries have some fuscous marks on basal area and a conspicuous patch of the same colour on costal portion of median third; beyond there is a diffuse, fuscous, transverse band, followed by a blackish spot near apex, and a larger one between second and third median nervules: secondaries have a black discal dot, a fuscous transverse line, and a fuscous band, the latter traversed by a diffuse line of the ground-colour. Expanse 35 millim. One female specimen from Moupin: July. p 4fab. Western China. Hydrelia obliterata. Geometra oblite’ ‘a, Hufn. Berl. Mag. iv. p. 608 (1767), Geometra /enc,. %a, Hubn. Geom. pl. xi. fig. 58. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol, xx. 6 82 Mr, J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera Eucheca hepararia, Hiibn. Verz. Schmett. i. p. 298. Eupisteria hepararia, Boisd. Ind. p. 192. Eucheca obliterata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond. 1892, p. 74. There was a male specimen from Fujisan in Pryer’s collection. Distribution. Europe ; Japan. Hydrelia angularia, sp. n. Outer margin of all the wings angulated about middle. Pale brown, suffused with darker brown on primaries, espe- cially towards base. Primaries have a purplish-brown curved and recurved line on outer marginal area, the portions of the outer margin below apex and above outer angle limited by this line are whitish brown. Secondaries have a fuscous transverse line, followed by a dusky shade before the middle and a brownish diffuse line beyond—the latter is followed by a series of blackish dots on the nervules; submarginal line purplish brown, very near to margin, and continued only trom abdominal margin to third median nervule; all the wings have a black discal dot. Fringes pale brown, preceded by a blackish line, which is dentate on primaries and sharply so towards middle of secondaries. Under surface whitish, with blackish discal dots: primaries have a diffuse dusky subbasal band, a dusky band before the middle not extending to inner margin, and an angulated series of blackish dots on the nervules: secondaries have two interrupted dusky lines. Expanse 34 millim. Nine specimens from Gifu in Pryer’s collection and one taken by myself at Nagasaki in May. Hab. Japan and Kiushiu. Genus VENUSIA. (Curtis, Brit, Ent. vi. pl. declix (1839).) Venusia cambrica. Venusia cambrica, Curtis, Brit. Ent. pl. eecexvi.; Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 75. Venusia cambricaria, Guen. Phal. i. p. 440. One female specimen from Oiwake in Pryer’s collection. Distribution. Europe ; Japan. Venusia tchraria. mae at Oberth. Etud. d’Entom, xviii. p, 29, pl. iii. fig. 32 from China, Japan, and Corea. 83 Four male specimens were received from Pu-tsu-fong and one from Chow-pin-sa: June. Oberthiir’s types were from Ta-chien-lu. Hab. Western China. Venusia kioudjrouarta. Venusia kioudjrouarta, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. xviii. p. 31, pl. iii. fig. 46 (1893). Oberthiir describes this species from Ta-chien-lu. [ have four female specimens taken in the province of How-Kow in July. Hab. Western China and Thibet. Venusia larva. Venusia larva, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. xviii. p. 30, pl. iii. fig, 34 (1893). Oberthiir’s types were from Ta-chien-lu. My collectors did not meet with the species. Hab. Western China. Venusta undularia, sp. n. Primaries grey ; basal area with four serrated brownish- grey transverse lines; beyond the blackish discal spot there are two undulated, serrated, brownish-grey lines, enclosing a band of the same colour; the nervules passing through this band are marked with black, and there is a black bar on the band above the third median branch ; submarginal line agrees with the others in colour and contour, but increases in width towards the costa; between the last line and the outer margin there is an indistinct dusky line. Secondaries whitish; the discal dot is placed on or near a dark grey transverse shade, and there are four or five dark grey crenulated lines beyond. Fringes whitish grey, preceded by a series of blackish dots. Under surface of primaries fuscous, with the transverse lines beyond the discal spot faintly shown; of secondaries as above. Expanse, ¢ 30, ? 33 millim. One example of each sex from Pu-tsu-fong, Western China: June. This species is allied to V. daria, Oberth. Genus ASTHENA. (Hiibn. ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 417 (1895).) Asthena candidata. Geometra candidata, Schiff. 8. V. p. 110; Hiibn, Geom. fig. 101. Asthena candidata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 74. G* 84 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera I received seven specimens, including both sexes, from Chang-yang, taken in July, and I took the species at Ningpo in April and at Gensan in June. My native collector obtained it at Hakodate also in June. Distribution. Europe; Amur; Japan; Yesso; Corea; Central and North-east China. Asthena corculina. Asthena corculina, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 400 (1878) ; Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 39, pl. 1. fig. 8 (1879). Several specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. I took the species at Nagasaki in May. Hab. Japan and Kiushiu. Asthena ochrifasciaria, sp. n. White, with ochreous transverse markings. Median band of primaries broad, bifurcate towards costa, its outer edge sinuous and its termination on inner margin clouded with blackish ; this is preceded by three more or less curved narrow bands; outer marginal area traversed by a wavy double line; discal spot black. Secondaries with three ill- defined wavy bands. Fringes silky white. Under surface white ; basal two thirds of primaries suffused with ochreous tinged with fuscous, limited by a darker sinuous line; outer marginal area traversed by two interrupted bands, which are intersected by the ochreous nervules: secondaries have four ill-defined bands ; all the wings have a blackish discal dot. Iixpanse 24 millim. Six specimens, including both sexes, from Oiwake and Yokohama, in Pryer’s collection. Hab. Japan. Asthena albostrigaria. Cidaria albostrigaria, Brem. Lep, Ost-Sib. p. 85, pl. vii. fig. 18; Alph. Rom. sur Lép. vi. p. 79 (1892). Cabera ehella, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 403 (1878); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. ii. p. 43, pl. li. fig. 9 (1879). Hydriomena albostrigaria, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 78. Specimens in Pryer’s collection from Nikko, Oiwake, and Yesso. I took the species at Gensan in July, and my native collector at Hakodate in June and July. It appears to be common in Western China, Alphéraky records it from the province of Kan-sou, taken in July. Distribution. H. Siberia; Amur; Japan; Yesso; Corea; Western China. et ie Jrom China, Japan, and Corea. 85 Asthena plurilinearia. Somatina plurilinearia, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1867, p. 645. Acidalia unistirpis, Butl. Il. Typ. Lep. Het. ii. p. 51, pl. xxvii, fig. 7 (1878) ; Alph. Rom. sur Lép. vi. p. 54 (1892). Camptogramma unistirpis, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. v. p. 54 (1880). Asthena plurilinearia, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, ii. p. 417, fig. 194 (1895). Hydriomena plurilinearia, Meyrick, Trans. Ent, Soc. 1892, p. 75. There was a nice series from Oiwake in Pryer’s collection. I obtained specimens at Gensan in July and at Hakodate in August. My collectors met with the species in all the localities in Western China that they visited, and also at Chang-yang: June and July. Alphéraky records it from the province of Szechuen, taken in August. In some of the specimens from Wa-shan and Che-tou the white markings are very narrow, and there is an entire absence of dark lines or patches. Distribution. N.W. Himalayas; Sikhim; Khdsis (Hamp- son); Amur; Japan; Yesso; Corea; Askold; Central and Western China. Asthena conditaria, sp. n. Primaries pale brown, with darker transverse lines ; basal area limited by a broad whitish band, which is elbowed below costa; between the central and outer marginal areas there is a broad whitish band, interrupted above the middle; a series of submarginal white dots placed on the nervules, discal spot black. Secondaries whitish, with traces of three waved transverse lines, most distinct on abdominal area. Fringes pale brown, chequered with darker. Under surface sordid white; basal two thirds of primaries suffused with fuscous ; there is a pale brownish cloud before apex: secondaries have the markings more pronounced. Hight specimens from T'a-chien-lu: May and June. Expanse 38 millim. Hab. Western China. Asthena (?) octomacularia, sp. n. Silky white. Primaries have an irregular and diffuse ochreous band beyond the middle, the inner edge limited by an interrupted blackish line, which forms an 8-like mark about the middle. Secondaries have the basal two thirds ochreous, transversely interrupted by an ill-defined band of the ground-colour; on the outer marginal area there is a 86 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera narrow ochreous wavy band and indications of a submarginal line ; discal dot blackish. Fringes silky white, preceded by three blackish dots towards apex. Under surface silky white : primaries have three dusky lines, each angled below the middle: secondaries have a minute discal dot and a dusky central shade. Expanse 26 millim. A male specimen from Chang-yang, August. Hab. Central China. Genus ESCHATARCHIA. (Warren, Novit. Zool. i. p. 895 (1894).) Eschatarchia lineata. Eschatarchia lineata, Warren, l. c. I have been unable to see the type of this species, which Warren describes from Japan. Genus MINOA. (Treit. Schm. vi. 2, p. 248; Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxiv. p. 1048 (1862).) Minoa murinata. Phalena murinata, Scop. Ent. Carn, p. 229 (1763). Minoa euphorbiata, Treit. Schmett. vi. 2, p. 249 (1828). Asthena murinata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1892, p. 74. One male specimen of the var. cyparissaria, Mann, from Oiwake, in Pryer’s collection. Distribution. Europe ; Japan. Genus ZOLA. (Warren, Novit. Zool. i. p. 893 (1894).) Zola terranea. Ozola terranea, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p, 441 (1879). Zola terranea, Warren, Novit. Zool. i. p. 393 (1894). A fine series from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. Hab. Japan. Genus PSEUDOSTEGANIA. (Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1891, p, 416.) Pseudostegania chrysidia. Pseudostegania chrysidia, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 417. I took two specimens at Gensan in July, and Mr. Smith from China, Japan, and Corea. 87 one at Hakone in August. There was one example in Pryer’s collection, and I have received one from Mr. Manley, of Yokohama. Butler’s type was from Tokio. Hab. Japan and Corea. Genus HASTINA. (Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 260 (1888).) Hastina azela. Erosia azela, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 403 (1878); Il. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 42, pl. li. fig. 6 (1879). A nice series from Ohoyama and Oiwake in Pryer’s collec- tion. I also received eight specimens from Mr. Manley, of Yokohama. Hab. Japan. Genus STAMNODES. (Guen. Phal. ii. p. 515 (1857).) Stamnodes depeculata. Cidaria depeculata, Led. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xiii. pp. 40, 50, pl. ii. fig. 6, d (1870). Hydriomena depeculata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 72. Stamnodes depeculata, Led., var. thibetaria, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. xi. p. 35, pl. vi. fig. 44 (1886). Occurs in most of the localities in Western China visited by my collectors. Distribution. Armenia; Western China. Genus CAMBOGIA. (Guen. ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii, p. 419 (1895).) Cambogia pulchella. Hyria pulchella, Hampson, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. viii. p. 124, pl. cliii. fic, 22 (1891). ts Cambogia pulchella, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 420 (1895). One female specimen in Pryer’s collection, probably from Yokohama. AAD Distribution. Sikhim; Khiéasis; Nilgiris (Hampson) ; Japan. Cambogia pictaria. Emmelesia pictaria, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 267 (1887). Cambogia pictaria, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 420 (1895), 88 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera One female specimen, taken by my native collector at Gensan in July. Distribution. Sikhim ; Khdsis; Ceylon (Hampson) ; Corea. Cambogia phanicosoma. Chrysocraspeda phenicosoma, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xvi. p. 294 (1895). 7 Cambogia phenicosoma, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iv. p. 561 (1896). There were twelve specimens from Oiwake in Pryer’s collection. The type was from Cherra Punji. In the Japanese examples the band of primaries is paler than in typical examples. Distribution. Cherra Punji; Japan. Cambogia conspicuaria, sp. n. Primaries pale purplish-brown, costa and marginal area pale stramineous; from the stramineous discal mark a brownish line proceeds to inner margin, and beyond this there are two leaden transverse wavy lines; the purplish portion of the wing is limited by a brownish bidentate line ; submarginal line dusky. Secondaries pale purplish brown, suffused with ochreous on basal two thirds; pale stramineous beyond and at extreme base; there is a stramineous patch with a bifureate black mark en it near the centre of the wing, and the purplish portion is traversed by two brownish lines and a pale one; submarginal line dusky. Fringes whitish, preceded by some brownish dots on the upper portion of the outer margin of each wing. Under surface fuscous grey, marginal areas whitish ; limits of fuscous portion as above ; the primaries have a pale discal mark centred with black, and the secondaries have a bifurcate black discal mark. Expanse 28 millim. One female specimen from Omei-shan, July. Hab. Western China. Genus BAPTRIA. (Hiibn. ; Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 80.) Baptria brephos. Odexia brephos, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom, ix. p. 22, pl. ii. fig. 8 (1884). Occurred in all localities in Western China visited by my collectors, and also at How-Kow and Chang-yang: June and July. from China, Japan, and Corea. 89 The How-Kow specimens, two in number, are rather paler than any of the others in the series ; the white band on primaries is narrower and is traceable to inner margin. Distribution. Central and Western China; Thibet. Baptria nigrilinearta, sp. n. Primaries greyish brown, traversed by three blackish lines, the first not well defined, the second interrupted below the middle, the third angulated below costa and lobed at the middle, thence wavy to inner margin; the internal edge of the third line is broadly bordered with blackish, and the external edge bordered with whitish from costa to the lobe, and thence with greyish brown to inner margin; the area beyond is blackish, traversed by a wavy pale submarginal line, which unites with the third line at the lobe. Secondaries reddish orange, with three transverse black lines, all of which are interrupted towards costa; submarginal line indicated by a black spot on costa, and another, linear in shape, on abdo- minal margin; outer margin bordered with black. Fringes chequered whitish and blackish. Under surface pale reddish orange: primaries have the apex and outer margin black, separated on the costal area from a black transverse elbowed fascia by a short white band; on the basal half there are indications of two black transverse lines: secondaries have indications of two black lines on basal area, and beyond there is a black angulated fascia; the outer margin is black and between it and the fascia there is a short black bar from abdominal margin. EXxxpanse 32 millim. -'Two male specimens and one female from Omei-shan, Western China: July. Allied to B. brephos, Oberth. Baptria discothyrata. Erateina (?) discothyrata, Pouj, Aun. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1895, p. 315, pl. vil. fig. 21. Poujade records one male specimen from Moupin. My collectors did not meet with this species. Hab. Western China. Genus INUROIS. (Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 445 (1879).) Inurois tenuis. Inurots tenuis, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 445 (1879). There was a series from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. Hab. Japan. 90 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera Inurots membranaria. Anisopteryx membranaria, Christ. Bull. Mose. ly. 2, p. 73 (1881). Erannis membranaria, Meyrick, Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 81. Of this species there was a series from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. It is no. 509 of his catalogue. The male is larger in size and paler in colour than the same sex of I. tenuis, and the discal spot on all the wings is more con- spicuous. Distribution. Amur; Japan. Genus ANISOPTERYX. (Stephens, Ill. Brit. Ent., Haust. iii, p. 151 (1829).) Antsopteryx primigena. Phthorarcha primigena, Staud., Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p- 80. Anisopteryx prinugena, Staud. Deutsche entom. Zeitschr., Lep. vii. p. 291 (1894). Amisopteryx japonensis, Warren, Novit. Zool. i. p. 374 (1894). Two male specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. Meyrick, who erected the genus Phthorarcha for the species, finds that primiégena differs from the species included in Anisopteryx, Steph. (Hrannis, Hiibn., Meyrick), in being destitute of the middle pair of spurs on hind tibie and in vein 5 of secondaries being wholly absent. In both my specimens the fifth vein of secondaries is distinctly in evidence, but the middle spurs are not present on hind tibia. Distribution. Samarkand ; Japan. Subfamily Acrpazizw2. Genus ACIDALIA. (Treit. Eur. Schmett. v. 2, p. 488 (1825).) Section I, (CRAspEDIA, Hampson). Acidalia ornata. Phalena ornata, Scop. Ent. Carn. p. 219 (1763). Leptomeris ornata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 89. Craspedia ornata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 426 (1895), Six specimens in Pryer’s collection. Distribution, Kurope; Amur; Japan. The blotches on outer area of the wings are less distinct in Japanese than in European specimens. from China, Japan, and Corea. 91 Acidalia propinquaria, sp. n. White, dusted with brownish. All the wings have a blackish discal dot and a brown central line ; outer marginal area brownish, limited by a wavy blackish line and trans- versely intersected by a wavy line of the ground-colour; this line is rather diffuse above the middle and towards outer angle. Fringes of the ground-colour preceded by a blackish lunulated line. Under surface white, suffused with fuscous on primaries, discal dot and outer line as above. Expanse 25 millim. Occurs at Moupin, Omei-shan, and in the province of Kwei- chow ; also at Ichang and Chang-yang: June and July. I took a female specimen at Gensan in July, and my native collector four males at Ningpo in the same month. There is an unnamed example of the species from Hong- Kong in the National Collection at South Kensington, Hab. Western, Central, and North-eastern China; Corea. Acidalia satsumaria, sp. 0. White. Primaries have a faint fuscous band before the middle, marked with blackish on the inner margin, and a blackish angulated line beyond the middle; the latter be- comes fuscous towards costa and is partly bordered outwardly with pale ochreous brown and blackish. Secondaries have a fuscous line beyond the middle, merging into black on abdo- minal margin, and dusky central shade ; all the wings have a black discal dot. Fringes pale greyish white, with some fuscous dots at their base on primaries and towards outer angle of secondaries. Under surface whitish, with the markings of upper surface faintly reproduced. Expanse 22 millim. Two male specimens and one female taken by myself in Satsuma, May 1886. Hab. Kaushiu. Superficially resembles A. trigeminata, Haw. Acidalia acutaria, sp. n. Outer margin of secondaries distinctly angled about the middle. Whity brown. Primaries have three transverse brownish lines : the first is not clearly defined, but has three black dots upon it; the second is oblique, indented towards the costa and again towards the inner margin; the third has a black mark upon it at inner margin and is dotted with black thence 92 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera to costa, where it is angled; submarginal line indistinct. Secondaries have two transverse lines, the outer one dotted with black ; submarginal line indistinct; all the wings have a black discal dot. Fringes slightly darker than the ground- colour, preceded by black dots at the extremities of the nervules. Under surface: primaries irrorated with fuscous on basal half; second and third transverse lines distinct, the third dotted with black, but without black mark upon it: secondaries have the outer line as above, but the inner one is indistinct ; discal spots as above. Expanse 36-38 millim. Four male specimens from Chang-yang and one example from each of the following localities :—Ichang, Kwei-chow, and Omei-shan: June. Hab. Central and Western China. Acidalia bimacularia, sp. n. Whity brown. Primaries are traversed by five dusky wavy lines; the third of these passes through two dark brown marks, one on the inner margin and the other above third median nervule; the fourth and fifth lines are diffuse. Secondaries are traversed by a dusky diffuse central line; a wavy outer line and two dusky dentate bands beyond. All the wings have a brownish discal dot, that of secondaries placed on the central line. Fringes rather darker than the ground-colour, and preceded by a series of black dots con- nected by a fine dusky line. Under surface: primaries suffused with dusky ; beyond the discal spot, which is linear, there is a faint blackish line and indented band: secondaries whitish, with a black discal dot and a blackish and wavy submarginal line. Expanse 36 millim. One example of each sex from Chow-pin-sa and a pair from Pu-tsu-fong: June. Hab. Western China. This species is closely allied to C. Walkerz, Butl. Acidalia Walkeri. Idea Walkert, Butl. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1883, p. 170. Idea eatimaria, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii. p. 455, pl. eciv. fig. 5 (1887). Craspedia Walkert, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i. p. 427 (1895). I have specimens from Moupin, Ta-chien-lu, Omei-shan, Chang-yang, and Ichang: taken in June and July. Distribution. Nilgiris; Ceylon; Khédsis; Shdn States (Hampson) ; Central and Western China. from China, Japan, and Corea, 93 Acidalia rivularia, sp. n. Pale brown, finely irrorated with blackish, Primaries have three wavy dark transverse lines, the second diffuse and the third blackish, outwardly bordered with fuscous ; discal spot annular, fuscous. Secondaries have two dark wavy transverse lines, the first diffuse and angled about the middle, the second blackish and bordered as on primaries ; discal spot black. Fringes rather darker than the ground- colour and preceded by a series of black dots. Under surface paler than above ; first line of primaries absent, but the other transverse lines are present, although not so well defined except as regards the outer blackish line on all the wings; discal spots black. Expanse 40-42 millim. Several specimens from Chang-yang and Moupin: July. Hab. Central and Western China. Acidalia proximaria, sp. n. Pale whity brown. Primaries traversed by three darker lines, the first curved, the second wavy, the third elbowed below costa and edged inwardly with blackish above middle and towards inner margin, the area beyond third line suffused with greyish brown. Secondaries have two wavy transverse lines, the area beyond the second line greyish brown ; all the wings have a discal dot, that on secondaries blackish. Fringes of the ground-colour, preceded by a blackish line. Under surface whitish ; all the wings have two wavy dusky lines ; basal area of primaries suffused with dusky. Expanse 28 millim. Three male specimens from Ichang, June and July. Hab. Central China. Somewhat similar to A. bimacularia, but much smaller ; the outer margin of secondaries is hardly angled, and there is a central line on under surface of primaries. Acidalia strigilaria. Geometra strigilaria, Hiibn. Geom. fig. 109. Acidalia strigilata, Dup. Lép. viii. pl. elxxvii. fig. 1; Guen. Phal. i. p- 507. ' Leptomeris strigilaria, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 89. Acidalia strigilaria, Alph. Rom. sur Lép. vi. p. 54 (1892). A common species in Japan; I captured it in various places from April to August. There were specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. Occurs at Ningpo, Gensan, the island of Kiushiu, and at most of the places in China 94 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera visited by my collectors. Alphéraky records two specimens from the province of Kan-sou, taken in July. Distribution. Europe; Amur; Japan; Kiushiu; Corea; Central, Western, and Northern China. Acidalia modicaria, sp. n. Somewhat similar to A. strigilaria, Hiibn., but the oblique line of primaries terminates on the inner margin beyond the middle, and the outer marginal area of all the wings is dusky and is traversed by a conspicuous pale wavy line. The outer margins of secondaries are less angled. Expanse 32 millim. I took a male specimen at Foochau in April and have received one example of each sex from Omei-shan, taken in July, and a male from Kwei-chow, taken in August. Hab. Eastern and Western China. Acidalia falsaria, sp. n. Whitish, powdered with greyish. Primaries have an indistinct discal dot and three transverse greyish-brown bands ; the first is narrow, subbasal, and does not extend to costa, the second is angulated below costa, and the third is preceded by a darker wavy line and followed by a whitish one. Secondaries marked similar to the primaries, but the black discal dot 1s on the first band, which appears to be a continuation of the second of primaries. Fringes greyish, preceded by a blackish line. Under surface whitish, tinged with dusky on primaries ; all the wings have a dusky submarginal line and obscure discal dot. Expanse 32 millim. I have specimens of this species from Ta-chien-lu, Chia- ting-fu, Pu-tsu-fong, and Chow-pin-sa: they were taken in June and July. Hab. Western China. Allied to A. strigilaria, Hibn. Acidalia remotata. Acidalia remotata, Guen. Phal. i, p. 458 (1857). Acidalia attentata, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxii. p. 754 (1861). Acidahia absconditaria, Walk. op. cit. xxiii. p. 757 (1861); Butl. Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 40, pl. 1. fig. 12 (1879). Craspedia remotata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii, p. 433 (1895). This species occurred throughout the region here dealt with from April to September. from China, Japan, and Corea. 95 There is considerable variation in expanse, colour, and markings; the various forms are connected by intergrades. Distribution. Formosa; throughout India, Ceylon, and Burma; Andamans; Borneo (//ampson); China; Japan ; Corea, Acidalia fumata. Acidalia fumata, Steph. Ill. Brit. Ent., Haust. iii. p, 312 (1835). Leptomeris fumata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 89. One female specimen in Pryer’s collection appears to be referable to this species. Greser (Berl. ent. Zeit. 1888, p. 389) records the species from Amurland. Distribution. Kurope; Amur; Japan. Acidalia remutaria. Geometra remutaria, Hiibn. Geom. fig. 98. Leptomeris remutaria, Meyrick, Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 89. One female specimen in Pryer’s collection. Distribution. Kurope ; Amur ; Japan. Acidalia arenaria, sp. n. Pale sandy brown, sparingly dusted with fuscous. Pri- maries have three transverse lines similar to those of A. remu- taria, but they are less wavy and the first is placed midway between the base of the wing and the second line. Second- aries have two transverse lines. Fringes silky, preceded by a thin dusky line, upon which there is a black spot (some- times two spots) just below apex. Under surface similar to that of A. remutaria, but the markings, especially on the secondaries, are less distinct. Expanse 21-28 millim. I took this species at Ningpo in April and at Nagasaki in May ; my native collector obtained it at Gensan in July and also in the island of Kiushiu. Several specimens received from Chang-yang, June. Allied to A. remutaria, but the outer margin of primaries is rounder. Distribution. Central and Northern China; Kiushiu; Corea. Acidalia Beckeraria. Acidalia Beckeraria, Led. Gen. p. 94 (1853); Alph. Rom. sur Lép. vi. p- 54 (1892). Alphéraky records a male specimen from Yan-mine-Guagne, in the province of Chan-Si, captured in June. Distribution. Western and Central Asia; Western China. 96 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera Acidalia nemoraria. Acidalia nemoraria, Hiibn., var.?; Alph. Rom, sur Lép, vi. p. 54 (1892). Alphéraky records a male specimen from Ou-pin in the province of Kan-sou: July. He states that the wings are very white, and that the ochreous bands are more distinct, especially on the secondaries, than in the European type. Distribution. Central and Eastern Europe; Amur; Western China. . Acidalia nivearia, sp. n. Male.—White. Primaries have three oblique pale ochreous transverse lines; the first of these is not well defined, but the second and third are parallel and near together ; the costa of primaries and outer marginal area of all the wings sparingly sprinkled with minute black specks (only discernible under a lens). Secondaries have two almost parallel pale ochreous transverse lines and a black discal dot. Under surface white : primaries suffused with fuscous on costal portion of basal half; parallel transverse lines pale brown: secondaries have a pale brown transverse line beyond the middle and a minute black discal dot. Female.—White, with minute black specks on costa of primaries and outer marginal area of all the wings as in the male; the wings appear to be without transverse markings. Expanse, ¢ 22, ° 18 millim. One example of each sex in Pryer’s collection. Hab. Japan. Acidalia strigaria. Geometra strigaria, Hiibn. Geom. pl. xviii. fig. 95. Acidalia strigartia, Guen. Phal. i. p. 497. Leptomeris strigaria, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 89. ‘There were some specimens from Oiwake in Pryer’s collec- tion, and | took a nice series at Gensan in June and July. Distribution. Europe; Amur; Corea; Japan. Acidalia majoraria, sp. 0. Male.—Allied to A. umbelaria, Hiibn. Whitish, powdered with fuscous scales. Primaries have four pale brown trans- verse lines, the first of which is elbowed below costa, the second is oblique, the third and fourth (which are near to- gether) are oblique and slightly wavy. Secondaries have three transverse lines, which appear to be continuations of the second, third, and fourth of primaries. Fringes whitish, from China, Japan, and Corea. 97 silky and rather long. Under surface whitish: primaries heavily powdered with fuscous except on inner margin; costa tinged with ochreous; second, third, and fourth transverse lines indicated: secondaries sparingly powdered with fuscous, transverse lines hardly indicated; discal dot sometimes present, but never clearly defined. Female.— Transverse lines rather broader and more distinct, otherwise agreeing with the male. Expanse 40-42 millim. Seven male specimens and two females from Oiwake in Pryer’s collection. Hab. Japan. Acidalia umbelaria. Geometra umbelaria, Hiibn. Geom. figs. 437, 438. Leptomeris umbelaria, Hiibn. Verz. Schmett. p. 310; Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 89. Acidalia umbelaria, Guen, Phal. 1. p. 502; Alph. Rom. sur Lép. vi. p. 54 (1892). Five male specimens from Ta-chien-lu and two females from Moupin, taken in June. Alphéraky records two speci- mens from Yan-mine-Guagne in the province of Chan-Si, taken in June. Distribution. Europe; Altai; Amur; Western China. Acidalia sedataria, sp. n. Male.—White. Primaries have three brownish-grey oblique transverse lines, one before and two beyond the middle. Secondaries also have three transverse lines, the first and second appearing to be continuations of the second and third of primaries. Under surface white: primaries suffused and dusted with fuscous on basal two thirds, and with two parallel fuscous transverse lines beyond the middle: secondaries have one fuscous transverse line beyond the middle ; all the wings have a minute black discal dot. Female.—Powdered and slightly suffused with brownish grey, and the transverse lines are diffuse. Expanse, ¢ 32, 2 28 millim. Allied to A. umbelaria. Five male specimens and one female from Ta-chien-lu, one male from Chia-ting-fu and one from Pu-tsu-fong: June. Hab. Western China. Acidalia pudicaria. Cabera pudicaria, Motsch. Bull. Mosc. 1860, p. 36. There was a series from Oiwake and Yokohama in Pryer’s Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xx. 7 98 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera collection. I obtained the species at Gensan in July, and my native collector took specimens at Hakodate in the same month. I have received examples from Chang-yang and Chia-kou- ho. Distribution. Amur; Japan; Yesso; Corea; Central and Western China. Acidalia superior. Asthena superior, Butl. Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 39, pl. 1. fig. 9 (1879). A series from Yokohama and Oiwake in Pryer’s collection. I captured specimens at Ningpo in April, at Tsuruga and Gensan in July. My native collector took the species at Ningpo in June and also in the isle of Kiushiu. I have received specimens from Chang-yang, Ichang, and Omei- shan, where they were taken in June and August. Distribution. Japan; Kiushiu; Corea; Central, Western, and Northern China. Acidalia nupta. Asthena nupta, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 401 (1878); Il. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 39, pl. 1. fig. 6 (1879). There were some specimens in Pryer’s collection. I obtained the species at Fusan in June, and my native collector met with it in the island of Kiushiu. Distribution. Japan, Kiushiu, and Corea. Acidalia pulveraria, sp. n. White, powdered with greyish. Primaries have an oblique dusky diffuse line just beyond the middle and a more distinct dusky waved line parallel with the outer margin; the space between these lines is less powdered with greyish than the rest of the wing; submarginal line white and wavy. Second- aries with markings as on primaries. Fringes greyish, pre- ceded by an interrupted blackish line. Under surface whitish: primaries suffused with fuscous, except on inner and outer margin, dusky lines as above: secondaries have a black discal dot and an obscure dusky transverse line beyond the middle. Expanse 22-30 millim. One example of each sex from the island of Kiushiu, taken in June, and I took seven specimens in Satsuma in May. There were two males in Pryer’s collection. Hab. Japan and Kiushiu. Allied to A. (Idea) peralba, Swinh. a a from China, Japan, and Corea. 99 Acidalia marcidaria, sp. n. Whitish. Primaries suffused with pale ochreous brown on basal half; beyond the middle there is a wavy transverse line limiting the outer marginal area, which is ochreous brown, traversed by an interrupted band of the ground-colour. Secondaries have subbasal and median ochreous-brown bands ; outer marginal area as on primaries. All the wings have a black discal dot. Fringes rather paler than the markings, preceded by wavy whitish line. Under surface whitish: primaries freckled and suffused with fuscous on basal and outer marginal areas; there is a dusky, wavy, transverse line beyond the middle, which is continued on the secondaries. Expanse 28-33 millim. Five male specimens and one female from Wa-shan, three males from Chia-ting-fu and one from ‘Ta-chien- la: June and July. Hab. Western China. In some examples the basal area of primaries is limited by a darker line and in others the wing is not suffused within this line. Acidalia lutearia, sp. n. Pale ochreous, finely powdered with fuscous. Primaries have a subbasal and two median wavy dusky lines, the space between the latter not powdered with fuscous ; submarginal band wavy, of the ground-colour, free from fuscous powdering. Secondaries with lines and bands similar to those of primaries. Fringes of the ground-colour, with some black dots at their base towards apex of primaries. Under surface whitish: primaries have the outer third fuscous grey, limited by a serrated darker line, and traversed by a wavy pale band; there is a central transverse fuscous-grey shade, enclosing the pale-ringed black discal dot: secondaries have an obscure transverse subbasal band, a dark wavy central line, and an ill-defined dusky submarginal band ; fringes of all the wings pale brown, preceded by a series of black dots. Expanse 34 millim. Kight male specimens and one female from Ichang and Chang-yang: June. Hab. Central China. Acidalia confusa. Asthena confusa, Butl. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p, 400 (1878); IL. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 39, pl. 1. fig, 7 (1879). I took this species at Nagasaki and in Satsuma in May; 7 100 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera my native collector obtained it at Gensan in July, and also at Nikko and in the island of Kiushiu. ‘There was a specimen from Oiwake in Pryer’s collection, and I have received one from Mr. Manley taken at Yokohama. The latter locality 1 is also given for the species by Pryer in his ‘ Catalogue.’ Distribution. Japan ; Kiushiu; Corea. Acidalia plumbearia. Acidalia plumbearia, Leech, Entom., Suppl. p. 55 (May 1891). I took a male specimen in Satsuma in May and a female specimen at Nagasaki in June. Hab. Kiushiu. Acidalia mendicaria, sp. n. Leaden grey. Primaries have three more or less wavy darker transverse lines; submarginal line paler; all the wings have a dusky discal mark. Fringes rather paler than the ground-colour. Under surface paler than above, the only marking is an indistinct dusky submarginal line on each wing. Antenne fasciculate, vertex of head conspicuously white. Expanse 33 millim. One male and two female specimens from Chang-yang and one male from Moupin: July. Hab. Central and Western China. Allied to A. plumbearia and also to A. (C.) mecysma, Swinh. Acidalia centrofasciaria, sp. n. Pale ochreous brown. Primaries have two transverse lines and a median band; the inner line dusky, angulated below the middle ; outer line wavy, pale ferruginous ; the median band is diffuse and purplish brown in colour, this band and also outer line are continued on the secondaries ; all the wings have a blackish discal spot, obscured by the band on second- aries. Under surface paler than above, with all markings faintly reproduced, and the costal portion of basal area of primaries tinged with purplish grey. Expanse 32 millim. One female specimen from Chang-yang, June. Hab. Central China. Acidalia farinaria, sp. n. Whitish, irrorated with greyish brown. Primaries have three and the secondaries two wavy, dusky, transverse lines ; all the wings have an indistinct discal dot and whitish sub- ——— Jrom China, Japan, and Corea. 101 marginal line. Fringes whitish, preceded by a series of small blackish lunules. Under surface whitish: the primaries are suffused with greyish brown and are traversed by two dusky wavy lines beyond the discal mark : the secondaries also have two transverse lines, but the inner one is not well defined, Expanse 32 millim. One female specimen from Chia-ting-fu, July. Hab, Western China. Acidalia gnophosaria, sp. n. Primaries pale ochreous brown, traversed by three wavy fuscous lines, each expanding into a blotch on costa; the marginal area beyond the third line is leaden grey, traversed by an undulated pale band. Secondaries leaden grey, heavily powdered with fuscous and traversed by two dusky lines; outer marginal area as on primaries. All the wings have a black discal dot. Fringes pale ochreous brown, preceded by a black lunulated line. Abdomen fuscous, ringed with pale brown. Under surface leaden grey ; fringes pale brown. Expanse 36 millim. One male specimen from How-Kow, Thibet: July. Allied to A. marginepunctaria from Europe. Acidalia hanna. Acidalia hanna, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 401 (1878) ; Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 40, pl. 1. fig. 11 (1879). There were specimens in Pryer’s collection. I obtained two examples at Fusan in June. Hab. Japan and Corea. Acidalia impersonata. Acidalia impersonata, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxiii. p. 758 (1861). There were some specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. I took the species in Satsuma and at Nagasaki in May and at Gensan in July, and I have received specimens taken in August at Ichang. ‘‘ China”’ is the locality given by Walker for the type. Distribution. Japan; Kiushiu; Corea; Centraland Northern China. Acidalia infuscarta, sp. n. Male.—Dusky brown. Primaries have four darker trans- verse wavy lines, the third and fourth outwardly bordered with paler. Secondaries have transverse lines as on pri- 102 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera maries. Under surface similar to above, but suffused with fuscous. Expanse 24 millim. iar. Dawtiaiag Female.—Pale ochreous brown, transverse lines indistinct. Allied to A. rubiginata, Hufn. Lael Several specimens in Pryer’s collection, some of which are from Yesso; my collector obtained one female at Ningpo in July. I received one male from Chang-yang, taken in June. One of the Japanese examples is almost unicolorous dark brown, with a slight purple tinge. ? Distribution. Japan ; Yesso ; North and Central China. Acidalia obfuscaria, sp. n. Fuliginous brown on both surfaces, with rather lighter fringes ; all the wings have faint traces of darker transverse lines beyond the middle. Body agrees with the wings in colour, but the tip of the abdomen is lighter. Expanse 24 millim. Two male specimens taken by my native collector at Ningpo in June. Hab. North-eastern China. Acidalia tectaria, sp. n. Pale ochreous. Primaries have three and the secondaries two slightly darker irregular transverse lines. Fringes silky. Under surface : primaries pale ochreous, with lines of upper surface indicated: secondaries paler, with two obscure trans- verse lines. EXxpanse 24-28 millim. Ten specimens, mostly males, from Chang-yang: June, I obtained two examples at Gensan in July. Distribution. Central China; Corea. Acidalia cineraria, sp. n. Ashy grey, powdered with daik grey. Primaries have three transverse dark grey bands; the first is narrow and indented before reaching inner margin, the second is waved and broad below the blackish discal spot, the third is broad, wavy, and limited inwardly by a blackish line. Secondaries have a dark grey band before the blackish discal spot, and another, preceded by a blackish line, beyond; the first is angled about the middle and the second is dentate on its outer edge. Fringes of the ground-colour preceded by an inter- rupted black line. Under surface whitish grey, suffused with darker grey on basal and outer marginal areas. Expanse 24-26 millim. from China, Japan, and Corea. 103 The first and second bands of primaries are not always clearly defined, and in some specimens the markings are almost obsolete. - I took a series at Nagasaki and in Satsuma in May and a single example at Fusan in June, and one at Gensan. I have also received the species from Yokohama, taken by Mr. Manley. Allied to A. accuratarta, Christ. Distribution. Japan; Kiushiu; Corea. Acidalia macescens. Acidalia macescens, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 439 (1879), A series from Yokohama and Oiwake in Pryer’s collection. I obtained the species at Nagasaki and in Satsuma in May. My native collector took specimens at Gensan in July, and I have received others from Chang-yang, captured in June and July, and from Ichang, taken in August. Distribution. Japan; Kiushiu ; Corea; Central China. Acidalia emissaria. Acidalia emissaria, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxii. p. 751 (1861). Lycauges lactea, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 378 (1879). Craspedia emissaria, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 485 (1895). I obtained this species at Foochau and Ningpo in April, and there was a series of specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. Distribution. Dharmséla; Moulmein; Ganjam (Hampson) ; Japan ; Northern China. Acidalia steganioides. Acidalia steganioides, Butl. Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. ii. p. 51, pl. xxxvii, fig. 8 (1878). There was a fine series from Yokohama in Pryer’s collec- tion; I met with specimens at Gensan in July, and my native collector obtained the species in the island of Kiushiu. Distribution. Japan; Kiushiu; Corea. Some examples are almost uniformly dark brown, with the markings obsolescent. Acidalia (?) tchratchraria. Acidalia tchratchraria, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. xviii. p, 82, pl. iv. fie. 60 (1893). Oberthiir’s type was from T4-Tsien-Lo@. My collectors did not meet with the species. Hab. Western China. Section II. (Eors, Meyrick). Acidalia muricata. Phalena muricata, Hufn. Berl. Mag. iv. p. 606 (1769) ; Rott. Naturf. xi. p. 81. Geometra auroraria, Bork. Eur. Schmett. v. p. 477 (1794) ; Hiibn. Geom. fio. 63. Evis muricata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 87. ; There was a nice series from Yokohama, Oiwake, and ; Nikko in Pryer’s collection. I took the species in Satsuma = in May and at Fusan in June. I have also received specimens from Chang-yang and Ichang, where they were taken in June and August. 4 5 104 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera | Distribution, Europe; Amur; Japan; Kiushiu; Corea; Central China. Acidalia sinicata. Hyria sinicata, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxii. p. 668 (1861); Butl. Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iui. p. 41, pl. li. fig. 3 (1879). Walker describes this species from “ China (7. Laye),”’ but the exact locality is not indicated. Acidalia contigquaria. Geometra contiguaria, Hiibn. Geom. pl. xx. fig. 105. Acidalia contiguaria, Dup. Lép. v. 59, pl. elxxiv. tig. 1. Eois contiguaria, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 87. This species occurs in Corea and at Chang-yang and Chow- pin-sa. Distribution. Europe; Corea; Central and Western China. Acidalia impexa. Acidalia impera, Butl. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 438 (1879). There was a nice series from Yokohama in Pryer’s collec- tion. I obtained the species in Satsuma in May and my native collector at Gensan in July. Distribution. Japan; Kiushiu; Corea. Acidalia latimarginata. Lois latimarginata, Warren, Novit. Zool. ii. p. 95 (1895). One specimen from Ichang, June. Warren’s type is recorded from Japan. Distribution. Japan; Western China. | from China, Japan, and Corea. 105 Acidalia roseolimbata. Acidalia roseolimbata, Pouj. Ann. Soc. Ent, Fr. 1895, p. 310, pl. vi. fio. 9. Poujade’s type was from Moupin. I have received speci- mens trom Wa-shan, Ni-tou, Ta-chien-lu, and Pu-tsu-fong, taken in June and July. Hab. Western China, Acidalia jakima. Acidalia jakima, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 401 (1878); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 40, pl. 1. fig. 10 (1879). Specimens in Pryer’s collection. I have received examples from Yokohama, Gensan, and Chang-yang. Var. obliteraria, nov. Transverse lines on upper surface obsolete, outer margins bordered with rosy ; on the under surface the transverse lines are as in type, but less clearly defined. One female specimen taken by myself in Satsuma, May. Distribution. Japan; Kiushiu; Corea; Central China. Acidalia fadata. Acidalia fedata, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 489 (1879). Acidalia salutaria, Christ. Bull. Mose. ly. (2) p. 51 (1881). Eois salutaria, Meyrick, ‘Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 87. Several specimens from Yokohama and Oiwake in Pryer’s collection. J took the species at Shimonoseki and ‘T'suruga in July, and have received it from Ichang, where it was taken in August, and also from Gensan and Hakodate. Distribution. Amur; Japan; Yesso; Corea; Central China. Acidalia promiscuaria, sp. n. Whitish, powdered on costal area with darker, and faintly iridescent. All the wings have a dusky central band, but this is not well defined, aud there are other transverse markings beyond, but these are still more obscure. Under surface coloured as above: primaries have a dusky discal mark, Expanse 28 millim. I obtained a female specimen at Fusan in June. Hab. Corea. 106 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera Acidalia obtectaria, sp. n. Pale ochreous, with irregular darker transverse markings, a band beyond middle of primaries being the most promi- nent. Fringes of the ground-colour. Under surface paler than above and the markings more obscure. Expanse 19-21 millim. Allied to A. bisetata, Hufn., but more ochreous in colour, and the markings more confused. Five specimens in Pryer’s collection. Both sexes are represented, but the above description is taken from a female example, as it is in better condition than the other specimens. Hab. Japan. Acidalia bisetata. Phalena bisetata, Hufn. Berl. Mae. iv. 618 (1769). Geometra bisetata, Bork. v. 524 (1794). Acidalia bisetata, Guen. Phal. i. p. 462 (1857). Eos bisetata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 87. Several specimens from Oiwake and Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. I obtained the species at Ningpo in April, at Nagasaki in May, and my native collector at Gensan in July. Specimens were received from Chang-yang and Moupin, taken in July. Distribution. Kurope; HE. Siberia; Amur; Kiushiu ; Corea ; Central, Western, and North-eastern China. Acidalia auricruda. Asthena auricruda, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 438 (1879). A. series in Pryer’s collection from Nikko and Yesso. My native collector obtained examples at Gensan in July. Hab. Japan, Yesso, and Corea. Acidalia invalida. Acidalia invalida, Butl. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 489 (1879). Specimens from Oiwake in Pryer’s collection. I took the species at Fusan in June, and I have received it from Chang-yang. Distribution. Japan ; Corea; Central China. Genus CHRYSOCRASPEDA. (Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 448 (1895).) Chrysocraspeda proximaria, sp. n. Pale buff. Primaries have a black discal dot, with a dusky from China, Japan, and Corea. 107 cloud below it and a blackish, dotted, curved, and recurved line beyond the middle; the costa is edged with purplish brown. Secondaries have a black discal dot and a curved series of blackish dots beyond the middle. Fringes darker brown, preceded by a rather broad purplish-brown line. Under surface slightly paler than above; transverse lines more distinct ; line before fringes narrower and paler. Expanse 25 millim. Two male specimens from Moupin, July. Hab. Western China. Allied to C. ({yria) marginata, Swinh., but larger, and the. primaries are more pointed. Genus NINODES. (Warren, Novit. Zool. i. p. 465 (1894).) Ninodes splendens. Ephyra splendens, Butl. Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. ii. p. 51, pl. xxxvii. fig. 1 (1878). Ninodes splendens, Warren, Novit. Zool. i. p. 465 (1894). A very fine series from Oiwake and Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. I obtained the species at Nagasaki in May, and have received it from Ichang and Ta-chien-lu. Distribution. Japan ; Kiushiu ; Central and Western China. Genus Epuyra. (Dup.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 445 (1895).) Ephyra brunnearia, sp. 0. Pale brown, with a slight vinous tinge on the outer marginal area of all the wings. Primaries have a subbasal line indicated by black dots on the nervures; a dusky curved and recurved central band and a wavy submarginal line, also dusky and dotted with black on the neuration; discal spot brownish. Secondaries have a white discal spot encircled with black and seated on a dusky transverse band ; submar- ginal line as on primaries. Fringes concolorous with the wings and finely dotted with black at ends of the nervules. Under surface similar to above, but the discal spot of primaries has a pale centre and that of the secondaries is less distinct. Expanse 34-36 millim. Five male specimens and one female from Chow-pin-sa, Wa-ssu-kow, Ni-tou, Kia-ting-fu: June. Hab. Western China. 108 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera Genus TANAOTRICHIA. (Warren, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1893, p. 361.) Tanaotrichia trilineata. Tanaotrichia trilineata, Warr. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1893, p. 361, pl. xxxii. fig. 2. One male specimen from Che-tou, taken in July or August. Distribution. Western China; Sikhim. Hampson considers this to be a form of Hrythrolophus prasonartus, Swinh, (Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, ui. p. 455). Genus RHODOSTROPHIA. (Hiibn. ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 455 (1895).) Rhodostrophia pelloniaria. Phyletis pelloniaria, Guen. Phal. ii. p. 169 (1857). Rhodostrophia pelloniaria, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 456 (1895). Several specimens from Pu-tsu-fong and Chow-pin-sa, taken in June. Distribution. Murree; Thundiéni; Khasis (Hampson) ; Western China. Rhodostrophia vinacearia. Anisodes (?) vinacearia, Moore, Prog. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1867, p. 642. Rhodostrophia stigmatica, Butl. Ul. Typ. Lep. Het. vii. p. 110, pl. exxxvi. figs. 19, 20 (1889). Rhodostrophia vinacearia, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 455 (1895). Several specimens received from Chang-yang and Moupin. Distribution. Murree; Dharmsdéla; Sikhim; Khéasis (Hampson) ; Central and Western China. Rhodostrophia philolaches. Gnophos philolaches, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. xv. p. 22, pl. iii. fig. 26 (1891). Eusarca tibetaria, Staud. Iris, viii. p. 231 (1895). A long series, comprising both sexes, from Ta-chien-lu, one example from Moupin, and one from Ni-tou: June and July. Hab. Western China and Thibet. Rhodostrophia (?) stnuosaria, sp. n. Whity brown. Primaries have a thin, curved, blackish subbasal line, spotted with black below costa and on the rom China, Japan, and Corea. 109 » Japan, median and submedian nervures; a triangular black discal spot and a sinuous black line, dotted with black on the vena- tion, beyond; submarginal line pale, wavy, but not clearly defined. Secondaries have a black discal dot and a dotted sinuous line beyond; this line is bordered outwardly with fuscous, as also is the corresponding line on_ primaries. Fringes of the ground-colour preceded by a series of black dots. Under surface whity brown: primaries suffused with fuscous from base to just beyond the linear discal spot; transverse lines on all the wings as above, but fainter, espe- cially on primaries. Expanse 42 millim. ‘l'wo inale specimens from Pu-tsu-fong: June. Hab. Western China. Genus TIMANDRA. (Dup.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 458 (1895).) Timandra amataria. Geometra amata, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 524 (1758). Calothysanis amataria, Hubn. Verz. Schmett. p. 311; Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 91. Timandra amataria, Dup. Lép. vii. pl. exlviii. fig. 3; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 458 (1895). Timandra comptaria, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxvi. p. 1615; Butl. IIL. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. pl. li. fig. 2 (1879). Very variable and generally distributed throughout Japan. The species was also met with by my collectors in most of the localities that they visited in Central and Western China. Distribution. Europe and Eastern Asia. Timandra extremaria. Timandra extremaria, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxiii. p, 811 (1861); Butl. Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. pl. i. fig. 1 (1879). This species appears to be generally distributed in Central and Western China. It also occurs at Ningpo. The specimens in my series range in expanse from 34 millim. to 44 millim. and exhibit a good deal of variation in the width of the oblique line. Hab. China. Genus PROBLEPSIS. (Led. ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 461 (1895).) Problepsis delphiaria. Argyris delphiaria, Guen. Phal. ii. p. 14 (1857). Problepsis delphiaria, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 462 (1895). 110 On Lepidoptera Heterocera from China &c. One example from Moupin, Western China: July. Distribution. Hong Kong; throughout India, Ceylon, and Burma ({Zampson) ; Western China. Problepsis deliaria. Argyris deliaria, Guen. Phal. ii. p. 13 (1857). Problepsis deliaria, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 462 (1895). I took a male specimen in May in Satsuma and have received other specimens of the species from Chang-yang and Kiukiang, Chia-ting-fu, the province of Kwei-chow, and also from Ningpo. Distribution. Throughout India, Ceylon, and Burma (Hampson) ; China and Kiushiu. Problepsis superans. Argyris superans, Butl. Cist. Ent. iii, p. 122 (1885). Problepsis discophora, Fixsen, Rom. sur Lép. iii. p. 348, pl. xv. fig. 4 (1887). There was a female specimen from Yesso in Pryer’s collec- tion. I took a female at Gensan in July, and have received specimens from Kia-ting-fu, Omei-shan, and Chang-yang. Independent of other differences, this species may be at once separated from P. deliaria, Guen., by the space between the antenne being white. In expanse it ranges from 40 to 60 millim. Distribution. Japan; Corea; Western and Central China. Genus DITHALAMA. (Meyrick, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. (2) ii. p. 840 (1887); Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 90.) Dithalama indicataria. Argyris indicataria, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxiii. p. 809 (1861) ; Butl. Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 43, pl. li. fig. 8 (1879). Dithalama indicataria, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 91. This species seems to occur throughout Japan from May to July. Ialso met with it at Gensan in June. I have received it from Ichang and Chang-yang, and Walker records it from North China. Distribution. Amur; Corea; Japan; Kiushiu; Central and Northern China. | To be continued. } Errata (Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xix.). Pp. 188, 189, for Oberthiiria (nom, preeoc.) read Parabravas. P. 646, for Genus Lmmecosmia read Genus Emmesomia, and for Zmme- cusmia bilinearia, sp. n., read Emmesomua parallelaria, sp, 0. On new Species of Rhopalocera from Burma. 111 IX.—On new Species of Rhopalocera from Toungoo, Burma, and the Battak Mountains in Sumatra. By Major J. M. FAWCETT. Ragadia simplex, sp. n. Hab. Battak Mountains, Sumatra: June 1896. Description.—Male. Upperside pale fuliginous brown, crossed by two darker fuscous bands running parallel to one another from the costa of the fore wing to the inner margin of the hind wing, the outer being much broadened on the hind wing. There is also a shorter band proximal to the body, which, starting parallel to the others on the fore wing costa, ends at the origin of the submedian of the fore wing. From the apex of the fore wing to the inner angle of the hind wing runs a submarginal row of smal! indistinct fuscous spots, one in each interspace. The wing-margins are nar- rowly fuscous, the colour being bounded by a narrow sub- marginal band looped on the fore wing and on the hind wing parallel to the margin. Underside similar in markings to the upper, but the ground-colour pale buff and the row of spots silver instead of fuscous. The antenne, head, thorax, abdomen, and legs like those of f. crisia, Hiibner, from which this species differs in its generally pale ground-colour, and in the ocellate band of crisia being reduced to mere pupils of silver below and fuscous above. Cynthia circe, sp. n. Hab. Toungoo, Burma (March to June); Beeling, Te- nasserim. Description.—The species is allied to C. erota, Fabr., and pura, Swinhoe, from Cherra Punji. The male has exactly the colour of that sex of pura, Swinhoe, and only differs in the greater irregularity of the dark line crossing the wings trom the middle of the costa of the fore wings to the anal angle of the hind wings and in the slightly more produced tail at the third median vein of the hind wings. The dark wing-markings tend to be a little more distinct. Female. Upperside differs from that sex of C. erota in the white band of both wings being much broader, extending decreasingly in breadth to the anal angle of the hind wing, and the submarginal area beyond the white band being golden 112 On new Species of Rhopalocera from Burma. brown instead of bluish fuscous. Underside no purple suffusion. A character common to both sexes is the almost complete absence of the discal zigzag fuscous fascia which crosses the middle of both wings in typical C. erota, the white band in the female and the lighter band in the male of Cynthia circe being almost immaculate. I have a series of males from Burma which present absolutely no variation in the characters described above, and I possess but one female from Toungoo, Burma, which is exactly matched by a female in the British Museum from Beeling, Tenasserim. If the C. asela of Moore, from Ceylon, is recognized as a species distinct from C. erota (Fabricius), this species must also be regarded as distinct, as the Ceylon form is much nearer C. erota (typical) in both sexes. Charaxes ajax, sp. n. Hab, Battak Mountains, Sumatra: June, July. Description.—Male. Allied to C. cor ax, Felder, from which it differs in the ground-colour of upper and underside being darker, the outer black band on the upperside of the fore wing being slightly broader and extending broadly black to the anal angle of the fore wing, its inner | edge straighter, as the crescentic markings are clearly detached in the intermedian spaces; two fulvous spots, the upper displaced outwards between the radial, and the lower in the following interspace, continuing the series of fulvous lunules formed ‘by the black crescents and the border. The submarginal black spots on the hind wing are larger and more triangular, their inner edges irrorated with black atoms, and the first four from the anal angle tipped with a minute white spot. ‘The underside is of a rich glaucous colour, in some lights inclining to purplish, much darker than any corax, more resembling some of the darker specimens of baya, Moore. The light violaceous antemarginal line is present in the fore wing, and within it are indistinct greenish lunules. In the hind wing a broad antemarginal band of olivaceous green, sinuated in each interspace, is bounded anteriorly by a narrow brownish border. The disk is crossed by the usual dark lines, the outermost bounded by olivaceous green irrorations, which are wanting in coraa. Poritia geta, sp. n. Hab. Toungoo, Burma: March. * Description Male. Allied to P. ;leurata, Hew., and Mr. O. Thomas on a new Rat from China. 113 P. Hewitsoni, Moore. The blue area as large as in the former, occupying the entire discoidal cell of the fore wing, and in the submedian interspace all but reaching the outer margin. ‘There are two blue apical spots as in Hewitsoni, but no black spot in the submedian interspace as in most specimens of that species, nor even the black line on the sub- median vein as in typical pleurata. In the hind wing the blue area occupies the discoidal cell and extends a little above the radial. The outer margin of the hind wing is narrowly black, and there are, as in pleurata, traces of marginal and submarginal rows of black markings. Below, the markings much resemble those of pleurata, but are more indistinct, more parallel, and on a pale ground. X.— Description of a new Rat from China. By OLprFieLp THOMAS. AMONG a collection made at Kuatun, N.W. Fokien, and presented to the National Museum by Messrs. J. de La Touche and C. B. Rickett, there occur three specimens of a fine large rat as large as Mus Hdwardst, Thos., found at the same locality, but quite different from that and more nearly allied to the Burmese Mus Bowersi, And. It is, however, clearly distinct, and may be called Mus Latouchet, sp. n. Size very large. Upper surface uniformly clear grizzled grey, without tinge of yellow; the fur composed of grey hairs intermixed with slender, flattened, white, brown-tipped spines, not numerous or stiff enough to make the fur feel really spinous. Under surface pure white or yellowish white throughout, the line of demarcation on sides not very sharply defined. Kars large, evenly rounded. Hands white above, the fingers almost naked. Feet greyish proximally, white on the digits. Tail about as long as the head and body, its scales averaging about ten to the centimetre, very thinly haired, uniformly brown above and below, the extreme tip white. Skull, in proportion to the size of the animal, rather lightly built. Compared to that of Mus Bowers¢ the nasals are more square-ended behind, the line of the fronto-premaxillary and fronto-nasal sutures 1s straight across from side to side Ann. & Mag. N. 1 ist. Ser. 6. Vol. xx. 8 114 Bibliographical Notice. instead of being bowed backwards ; the supraorbital rims are more developed (though still small for so large an animal), and are continued along the parietals to the outer corners of the intermaxillary. Anterior edge of anteorbital plate more slanting. Posterior nares wider and more open than in the allied form. Incisors broad, pale yellowish, finely but irregu- larly striated in front. Dimensions of the type (an adult female in skin) :— Head and body (probably stretched) 310 millim. ; tail 290; hind foot (moistened) 60 *. Skull: basal length 51°3; greatest breadth 27:4; nasals 23 x 56; interorbital breadth 8°2; breadth of brain-case 21°3 ; interparietal 7x 16:2; palate length from henselion 26; diastema 17 ; anterior palatine foramina 10°6x 4; length of upper molar series 91. Hab. Kuatun, N.W. Fokien. Type: B.M. no. 97.6.6.2. This fine rat is evidently very closely allied to Mus Bowerst, which is a native of Burma and Tenasserim, and is therefore widely distinct from it geographically. It differs, however, by its rather larger size, especially its longer hind feet, and by the various cranial differences above enumerated, It is named in honour of Mr. J. de La Touche, of Foochow, to whom, in conjunction with Mr. Rickett, the British Museum is indebted for a considerable number of valuable Chinese mammals. Among these may be specially mentioned examples of the rare T'yphlomys cinereus, M.-Edw., specimens which have enabled me for the first time to show the proper position of this interesting genus f. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE. Ueber die Palpen der Rhopaloceren. Hin Beitrag zur Erkenntnis der Verwandschaftlichen Beziehungen unter den Tagfaltern. Yon Enzio Rrvrrr. (Acta Societatis Scientiarum Fennice, tom. xxii. No. 1.) (Helsingfors, 1896.) Tue early writers on insects used to complain that the Order Lepidoptera was one of the most difficult of all to classify, on account of the deficiency of characters. But with the increase of our know- * The two other specimens have hind feet 57°5 and 58 millim. long. Three spirit-specimens of M. Bowerst in the Fea collection have feet respectively 5], 51, and 52 millim. in length. + P. Z. 8S. 1896, p. 1016. Bibliographical Notice. | 5 ledge we find that characters abound, and it is now rather a question of the real value to be attached to the structure of different organs than a matter of complaint that characters cannot be found. Nor shall we arrive at a really satisfactory system of classification of Lepidoptera until the structure of the principal organs has been worked out in all the various stages of the insects; and this is a lifelong study for a great number of observers. The author of the present treatise has directed his attention chiefly to the structure of the palpi in butterflies, paying special attention (1) to the outward structure and form, (2) to the hairy or scaly clothing of the palpi, and (3) to the basal spot, which is a bare space on the inner side of the basal joint, which is striated, pitted, and set with numerous conical hair-scales. For the purposes of the present work 3557 palpi have been examined, belonging to 670 species and 302 genera, the result of this long and patient study being embodied in the elaborate treatise before us. It is illustrated by 6 plates, the first five representing structural details and the sixth containing a genealogical tree of the evolution of the Lepidoptera. The Hesperiide are regarded as a distinct suborder from the Rhopalocera, under the name of Grypocera, which is certainly an improvement on the more usual course of treating them as an aberrant family of the latter. The first portion of the work consists of a description of the general form and clothing of the palpi under the various genera, and especially of the basal spot; the description of the latter some- times exceeds in length that of all other structures noticed. Having concluded this, the author generalizes his results, and discusses the comparative relations of the various families and smaller subdivisions which he admits. Here his observations are not confined to the palpi, but extend to the neuration and other morphological characters of the insects; and he shows himself to be thoroughly acquainted with the extensive and not always easily accessible literature of the Order Lepidoptera, and compares his own conclusions with those of other writers to great advantage. This is followed by general observations on the origin and classification of the Lepidoptera, not without reference to palzonto- logical considerations ; and by an extensive Bibliography, filling 11 closely printed pages. We congratulate the author on the completion of a valuable and meritorious work, which marks an epoch in the study of the particular structures to which it is devoted. Much good work has previously been accomplished in Finland in other orders of insects; and the Finns are fully entitled to claim as high a rank as entomologists as they have long occupied as philologists. 116 Geological Society. PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. March 24, 1897.—Dr. Henry Hicks, F.R.S., President, in the Chair. The following communications were read :— 1. ‘On the Association of Sigillaria and Glossopteris in South Africa.’ By A. C. Seward, Esq., M.A., F.G.S., University Lecturer in Botany, Cambridge. In this paper the Author describes in detail several specimens of fossil plants submitted to him by Mr. David Draper of Johannesburg. His conclusions as to the geological age of the plant-bearing beds differ from those arrived at by Mr. Draper from stratigraphical evidence ; the plants point to an horizon whieh may be referred to what is now termed the Permo-Carboniferous age. The difficulty of distinguishing between various forms of Glossopteris-leaves is discussed at some length; and the opinion expressed that it is practically impossible to separate the Indian, Australian, and African forms of G. Browniana, G. indica, and others. The chief interest as regards the plants centres round the specimens of Sigillaria; these are fairly well preserved impressions, and are referred to the well-known species, S. Brardi. In addition to various forms of the genus Gilossopteris and the specimens of Sigillaria, the following plants are recorded :—Noeygerathiopsis Hislopi, Gangamopteris cyclopterowdes, Phyllotheca, Conites sp., Cardiocarpus sp., and Sphenopteris sp. The paper concludes with some general remarks on botanical provinces in the Northern and Southern Hemispheres, and the relation of the Glossopteris-flora to the Coal-Measure vegetation of Europe. 2. ‘Notes on the Occurrence of Sigillaria, Glossopteris, and other Plant-remains in the Triassic Rocks of South Africa.’ By David Draper, Esq., F.G.S. The Author gives a brief description of the geology of four | localities, within a comparatively short distance from Johannesburg, from which several fossil plants have recently been obtained. He considers the plant-bearing beds to belong to the Lower Stormberg Series of Dunn, and to the horizon known as the Molteno Beds. The most important locality described in these notes is that of Vereeniging, 30 miles south of Johannesburg, where the Author found several specimens of Sigillaria associated with Glossopteris and other plants in iron-stained sandstones. The significance of this discovery of Sigillaria is briefly discussed. The several species of plants have been described by Mr. A. C. Seward in a paper recently sent to the Society. THE LONDON, EDINBURGH, AND DUBLIN PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE AND JOURNAL OF SCIENCE. ‘AJOURNAL DEVOTED TO PHYSICS, ASTRONOMY, MECHANICS, CHEMISTRY, MINERALOGY, AND THE ALLIED SCIENCES. MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d. _ Complete sets (in Numbers) may be obtained at the following ‘prices :— ” The First Series, in 68 volumes, from 1798 to 1826, A few copies only 5 on hand, wanting some plates—price on application. The Second Series, in 11 volumes, from 1827 to 1832. Price £2 4s. The Third Series, in 37 volumes, from 18382 to 1850. $9 sil The Fourth Series, in 50 volumes, from 1851 to 1875. Pe . TAYLOR and FRANcIs, Red Lina Court, Fleet Street. | 1 a THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, INCLUDING ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY. ~ Ree eee ee MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d. aad oy 7 mn as “complete sets (in Numbers) may be obtained at the following ices :— The First Series, in 20 volumes, from 1838 to 1847. Price £10. ie The Second Series, in 20 volumes, from 1848 to 1857. ir AAO: : The Third Series, in 20 volumes, from 1858 to 1867. eae” 3 by The Fourth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1868 to 1877. —,,_- £12, Es The Fifth Series, in 20 yolumes, from 1878 to 1887. os Ly s ; Taytor and FRANcIs, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. CONTENTS OF NUMBER 115. —Siath : s p baie I. The Actiniarian Be ie AMliciide. By J. E. Dueeve A.R.C.Se. (Lond.), Curator of the Museum of the Institute of J amaica.. GP ste 12). cath ncses wim Walaa perk co's 6, anlar gre anata ate een II. On a Collection of Heterocera made in the Transvaal. si NYS Tis PIUST ANTE E sprout iets a SBS Reena s a's « 8 esa ceinies Via outers bees ree III. Cicadide from the North Chin Hills, Burma, By W. L. DISTANT, Atoates BEET as eta RSE AL PnP ony ok a5 et ca aneaee Ware tacmat hee IV. Contributions from the New Mexico Biological Station.— No. Il. (continued). On a Collection of Diptera from the Lowlands of the Rio Nautla, in the State of es Cruz. II. By C; H. Tyrer LO WNSENDs Bos. s At hip) COMMS Oe eis Fae Oe oy ako Bem ene nie V. The Species and Subspecies of Zebras. By R. I. Pococx, of the British: Museum of Natural History. 000s... 2 ae a ee VI. Aquatic Rhynchota: Descriptions and Notes.—No. I. By GEORGE Wc IR BABD Yc 2 A miss Gk diyid os. cro ee pee en tad VII. New Cyclostomatous Bryozoa found ‘at Madeira. By JAMES YArE donNsoN, COMA ZS. cpa chi tes aa kee sss + ow ee aree Ree VIIL. On Lepidoptera Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. By Jon Henry Legon, B.A., F.LS., F.Z.8., &.—Part I. Family © Geometride ; Subfamilies Cnochromine, Orthostixine, Lurentiine, — r Actdahine;. and Geomctr ine: soy ease he ais ee Mee eee ee 1X. On new Species of Rhopalocera from Toungoo, Burma, and a the Battak Mountains in Sumatra. By Major J. M. Fawcerr ....— X. Description of anew Rat from China, By Oxprrexp Tuomas. . BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE, al ae Ueber die Palpen der Rhopaloceren. Kin Beitrag zur Erkenntnis der Verwandschaftlichen Beziehungen unter den Tagfaltern, Mon BNArO WUTER ys 6 oie vas wie nists nie me ee dial eae 1 PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. ; Geological Society "5. 0.555, sk is ek ee eee Sate oe = fa *,* Itis requested that all Communications for this Work may be address post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Printing Offi Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, Tendon. Sa eae SIXTH SERIES. No. 116. a THE ANNALS MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, INCLUDING ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY. ee ie 4 | CONDUCTED BY _ ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.R.S., WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., AND .. WILLIAM FRANCIS, Pu.D., F.LS. ’ BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘fANNALS” COMBINED WITH " MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S “ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.” < a ot ae WITH SIX PLATES. ee LONDON: TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, old iy Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co., Ld.; Whittaker & Oo.; Bailliére,. Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh: Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dubliir: and‘Asher, Berlin. Bee _ Double Number. Price Five Shillings. _. ia! a i ie THE FAUNA OF BRITISH INDIA, INCLUDING CEYLON AND BURMA. Published under the authority of the Secretary of State for India in Council, Edited by W. T. Brawrorp, . a Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med, 8vo, with four coloured plates and numerous woodcuts. Price £1. HYMENOPTERA.—Vol. I. Wasps and Bees. 4 By Lieut.-Col. C. T. BINGHAM, F.ZS. q Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, pp. i-xx, 1-617, and 199 woodcuts. Price £1: MAMMALIA.—1 Vol. Complete. By W. T. BLANFORD, F.R.S. Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price £1 eac He FISHES.—2 Vols. a By FRANCIS DAY, C.L.E., LL.D., &e. & Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. BIRDS.—Vol. I., £1: Vol. II., 15s. By E. W. OATES, F.Z.S. VOL. IITI., 15s. By W. T. BLANFORD, F.R.S. Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price £1. 4 REPTILIA and BATRACHIA.—1 Vol. Complete. By G. A. BOULENGER. ; 4 : Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price £1 each, MOTHS.—4 Vols. Complete. By Sir G. F. HAMPSON, Barr. TayLor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C. Royal 8vo, price 12s. CATALOGUE OF THE SPECIMENS ILLUSTRATING THE OSTEOLOGY OF VERTEBRATE ANIMALS — IN THE MUSEUM OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF EN: GLAND. a Part 3.—Aves. S By R. B. SHARPE, LL.D. &e. Price 2s. each. Aces 5 to 8 to the Second Edition of the. DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE OF THE PATHOLOGICAL SPECIMENS CONTAINED IN THE B ?' THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF ENGLAND. . By J. H. TARGETT. 4 Lor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C. THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, [SIXTH SERIES. ] No. 116. AUGUST 1897. XI.—Notes, Morphological and Systematic, on the Madre- porartan Subfamily Montiporine (Montipora and Anacro- pora), with an Account of the Phylogeny of the Madreporide. By H. M. Bernarp, M.A. Cantab. [Plate IT. | In continuation of the work of cataloguing the National Collection of Corals, I have devoted nearly two years to the study of the genus Montipora. I propose in this paper to give a short summary of the morphological results arrived at. Before doing so, however, I should like to take this oppor- tunity of expressing my gratitude to the Director, Sir William Flower, F.R.S., for the friendly interest he has taken in the progress of the work, and also to my friend Prof. F. Jeffrey Bell, who has charge of the coral collection, not only for valuable advice and criticism, but also for much active and willing help. The first volume of the official catalogue dealt with the genus Madrepora, and was written by the late George Brook ; the second volume, containing two smaller genera— Turbinaria and Astrewopora—is the work of the present writer. The morphological results arrived at during the preparation of that volume will be found in its introductory chapters and in two papers in this Magazine *. ‘The present study of the Montiporine, which, with Madrepora, Turbinaria, and * Vol. xv. 1895, p. 499, and vol. xvi. p. 273. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist, Ser. 6. Vol. xx. 9 118 Mr. H. M. Bernard on the Astreopora, form the family Madreporide, enables me to summarize the conclusions arrived at as to the inter-relation- — ships of these genera. That summary will constitute the concluding part of this paper. The Genus Montipora. This genus differs in many remarkable points from either Madrepora, Turbinaria, or Astrewopora, and doubts as to its affinities are, as we shall see, very prominent in the works of former students. Though founded by Quoy and Gaimard, the name appeared first in print in de Blainville’s ‘ Diction- naire des Sciences naturelles,’ t. 1x. (1830), the author having seen it in MS. He placed the new genus between Gemmi- pora (= Turbinaria) and Madrepora and among a number of other genera, including Porites. In 1834 Ehrenberg* suppressed the genus, distributing the species among the Porites. Dana, in 1848, re-established and greatly enlarged the genus, but changed its name to Manopora. He objected that the word Montipora referred to the ccenenchymatous elevations of the surface, which were not universally present. He thought that the genus Mano- pora was closely allied to Madrepora, and, in fact, could be deduced from it by the degeneration of the protuberant calicles. In 1849 Milne-Edwards and Haime removed it from the Madreporide and placed it among the Poritide, and to this airangement they kept in their monograph of the Poritide in 18517; they there noted, however, that Montipora showed certain structural resemblances (“‘ quelques rapports de forme”’) with the Madrepores. Prof. Verrill at first adopted Milne-Edwards’s arrangement, but eventually followed Dana in placing the genus among the Madreporide. Briiggemann apparently came to no conclusion. In two papers which appeared after his death the genus is variously placed. In one the Montiporide followed the Madreporide and Poritide; in the other Montipora occurs with Porites, Turbinaria, &e. under the Madreporide. Prof. Studer, in 1878, followed Milne-Edwards, but in 1880 adopted Dana’s classification so far as to class Montz- pora with Madrepora. Klunzinger also foliows Dana in this respect. * © Corallenthiere des rothen Meeres.’ tT Ann. d. Sci. Nat. ser. 3, xvi. p. 21. | | | Madreporarian Subfamily Montiporine. 119 In 1884 Ridley * denied the close relationship between Montipora and Madrepora claimed by Dana. The forms of the latter which, owing to the obscuration of the apical polyp, Dana thought might constitute a connecting-link between the two, lent, according to Ridley, no support to such a con- clusion, inasmuch as the apical polyps in these types are not really absent, but only inconspicuous owing to their multi- plication. Further, it was claimed that a far-reaching difference in the method of budding separated the two. In Madrepora the budding is said to be centrifugal, the fresh buds forming below the central apical polyp, while in Monti- pora undifferentiated ccenenchyma takes the jead and the fresh polyps appear above one another. I shall endeavour to estimate later on to what extent this is a true diagnosis of the morphological difference between Madrepora and Montipora. Duncan, in 1884 }, in his revision of the Milne-Edwards and Haime system, followed these authors in placing Monti- pora with Porites. Quelch, in 1886, in his description of the ‘Challenger’ Reef Corals, placed Montipora among Madreporide, as does Miss Ogilvie in her recent “ Microscopic and Systematic Study of Madreporarian Types of Corals” f. Lastly, in 1889 Dr. Ortmann §, after following Dana in 1888, classed the Montiporide with the Madreporide, Pori- tide, Turbinaride, &c. as independent families of the Madre- poracea. The conclusion here arrived at on this point, viz. that the Montpora belong unmistakably to the Madreporide, is based upon a study and comparison of nearly 400 specimens, divisible into some 120 types, of which more than half are new. The youngest colony that I found is contained in a small oval epithecal saucer, 3°5 millim. long diameter (Pl. II. figs. 1, 2). This saucer is filled with a spongy ccenenchyma. One polyp, about °25 millim. in diameter, opens in the highest part of the coenenchyma and near the centre, while a few smaller ones open between it and the epitheca. It seems to me that there is no escape from the conclusion that this largest and most central polyp is the parent polyp of the colony, and that the ccenenchyma stretching from it to the epitheca in which the other polyps open is, or more correctly was, before the other polyps appeared, its thick porous wall. * Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) xiii. p. 284. + Journ. Linn. Soe. vol. xviii. t Phil. Trans. vol. clxxxyvii. (1896). § Zool. Jahrb, vols. iii, and iv. (syst.). 120 Mr. H. M. Bernard on the It will, perhaps, be remembered that I found just such a young colony of Astrwopora, and, further, I concluded that the morphological differences between Vurbinaria and Madre- pora could be best explained by postulating such a young colony in each case; in Madrepora the central polyp grew up with tiers of daughters springing from its side, while in Turbinaria the ring of daughters shot ahead and formed a cup. We are then, I think, justified in deducing Montepora from a parent polyp opening in a mass of spongy coenenchyma, 2. e. with a very thick porous wall, contained in a saucer-like epitheca. In Montipora, unlike the Madreporide just men- tioned, the parent polyp formed no projecting cone, but opened level with the upper flattened surface of its thick wall. Similarly the young polyps, opening laterally, do not form protuberant cones; they appear as mere openings in the coenenchyma, often in contact with the epitheca, in which case the latter may form part of their outer walls. The coenenchyma in the young specimen actually examined consists, as seen from the surface, of jagged flakes, which may be twisted in all directions, but which tend to he horizontally ; the apertures of the polyp-cavities are bounded by the edges of two or more such flakes: in this particular instance the coenenchyma has been secondarily specialized. From the edges of the flakes points project into the polyp-cavity and form vertical series of spines. ‘These series of spines are, in many types, the only remains of the septal apparatus. Examination of all the types, however, shows that the septa were originally lamellate, as in the other Madreporide. The large directives are often continuously laminate, and here and there some of the other primaries also; while, again, what appear to be traces of laminate costee can be found in the coenenchyma of very many types. ‘Tl’o these important points, as also to the cause of the widespread degeneration of the septal apparatus, we shall return. Starting, then, from such a young colony, with its parent polyp surrounded by a ring of daughters all immersed in a mass of spongy reticulum contained in an epithecal saucer, the stock may develop along different lines. But while in the other Madreporide the calicles lead and the canenchyma fills up the interstices, in Montipora the cenen- chyma takes the lead in the formation of the corallum. I am aware that these expressions may, at first sight, appear very loose; they are, however, sufficiently useful to render their employment justifiable, provided we are quite clear as to what they really mean. We must clearly recognize that the Madreporarian Subfamily Montiporine. 121 term ccenenchyma applies, in the Madreporide, to the fused porous walls of the individual polyps forming the colony. In using the expressions “the calicles lead”’ and ‘ the coenen- chyma fills up the interstices,” what is really meant is that the walls of the individual polyps are distinguishable as such above the level of fusion; where the walls fuse together to form the ccoenenchyma they cease to be distinguishable. While, then, in the other Madreporide the walls of individual polyps are typically recognizable in so far as they keep above the level of their fusion, in the genus Montzpora as soon as the parent polyp has budded to forma colony, no matter how small, we can no longer speak of any porous walls except theoretically, for, fusing right up to the level of their aper- tures, they together form an 1 expanding mass of coenenchyma. It was this last-mentioned fact that struck Ridley as presenting such a contrast to the method of growth in Madrepora; but the true explanation of the difference is not to be found in his “ centrifugal”? and “ centripetal” methods of budding, for it is obvious that any generalization affecting a genus which leaves all the more primitive explanate growths out of the reckoning must be unreliable. The true significance of these comparisons will be still further discussed in the section on the affinities of the genus, as will also the fact that the ccenenchymatous edge of the rim of the cup in Zurbinaria is closely comparable with the coenenchymatous edge of a foliate Montipore. In view, then, of this great development of the coenenchyma and of its prime importance in building up the Montiporan coralla, we have, it seems, no choice but to utilize the variations presented by the ccenenchyma as the basis of our classification. In so doing we emphasize the fact that the Montipore are ecenenchymatouscorals par excellence, that, whereas the coenen- chyma of the Madreporide is primarily merely the tissue arising by the more or less limited fusion of the porous walls of adjoining polyps to form a mutual support, in Montipora it ismore than this. Resulting from the complete fusion of the walls, it has in many cases taken on other functions as well as that of a supporting and cementing tissue, for, rising above the level of the polyp-cavities, it is specialized in various ways for their protection. A study of the variations which the coenenchyma presents supports this assumption of its taxonomic importance. The specimens admit of being divided in the most natural way according to the specialization of the coenenchyma. We also have the additional satisfaction of finding that transition forms reveal the lines along which the leading specializations {29 Mr. H. M. Bernard on the have travelled. Hence, although one would never have selected a tissue like the coenenchyma, which all experience shows to be dangerously variable, as a basis for classification, there is in the present case really no choice, 7. e. if our mor- phological diagnosis is correct. Hitherto the variations of the surface coenenchyma—very superficially handled—have been accorded only a secondary place. Dana, deducing Monti- pora (Manopora) from Madrepora by the degeneration of the calicles, classified its species accordingly into those in which the protuberant calicles persisted and those in which they had quite disappeared, the latter group being further subdivided according to the form of the corallum and the character of the surface. Milne-Edwards and Haime divided the Monti- pore primarily according to the form of the corallum. We may at once dismiss this latter classification as purely artificial. Returning, however, to Dana, it must be noted that there is no evidence whatever to make us believe that Monti- pora is deducible from Madrepora by gradual degeneration of protuberant calicles. The only Montiporan forms which Dana adduced as transitional hardly support his contention : one—M. gemmulata—has been removed by Verrill to the Turbinarians, while the protuberant calicles in the other— M. caliculata—are not true calicles in Dana’s sense, but a peculiar specialization of the interstitial coenenchyma which will be referred to again. We have, then, no choice but to accept the variations in that tissue, the specializations of which are essentially the peculiarity of the genus, as the basis of classification. Be- neath all its baffling superficial variations the laws of its growth can be made out and the main lines along which it has diverged can be traced. ‘This serves to divide the genus into groups which have some claim to be natural. Uncertainty, however, comes in when, in further subdividing these groups, we come within range of the superficial varia- bility due to accidents of position and nutrition. It must therefore be at once confessed that many of the assumed specific variations are not to be relied upon. The “ species” established are in many cases only descriptions of individual specimens the surface characters of which give no clue as to their affinities with other specimens. Of course in many cases there are other characters sufficiently striking to justify us in confidently claiming new and distinct types. The following analysis of the development of the ccenen- chyma was only very gradually arrived at after studying series of sections revealed by fractured specimens. It will be best understood if we reverse the process of its discovery, % ; cs Madreporarian Subfamily Montiporine. 123 and, assuming our conclusions to be correct, start from the hypothetical parent-polyp of the genus. This polyp, as we have seen, differed from that of Madrepora, Turbinaria, and Astreopora in that the porous theca did not rise up into a cone, but was low and thick, filling up, but probably not much overtopping, the rim of the epithecal saucer. Primarily the porous walls consisted of radial lamin joined together by synapticule *, so that the ccenenchyma surrounding this parent polyp may be said to radiate outwards towards the edge of the epitheca. When the first ring of buds appeared just within the edge of the epitheca their walls would also radiate outwards, either con- tinuing to be supported by an extension of the primitive epitheca or shooting out freely beyond its edge. From this initial stage in the development of MJontipora we should expect to find the coenenchyma consisting of laminate plates standing at right angles to the epitheca and radiating out- wards on all sides. We should expect to find this because the coenenchyma is nothing but the resultant of fusion of the porous walls of the component polyps, and their laminate costes would necessarily be arranged in the manner described. Now this initial stage in the growth of the Montiporan corallum is traceable in almost every type. A surface of fracture through any explanate Montiporan will almost inva- riably reveal a thin basal layer streaming outwards towards the growing edge. While this basal ‘streaming layer” is of fairly uniform thickness and the direction of its tibres is always outwards—7. e. in the line of growth—its texture may vary. (1) It may be composed of ribbon-like bands running outwards more or less at right angles to the epitheca, but so united as to form a system of flat canals apparently freely communicating with one another. ‘This laminate reti- culum, occurring as it invariably does in the ‘streaming layer,” may, I think, safely be regarded as a vestige of the primitive laminate costee which were once the most important element in the calicle walls. (2) The primitive band-reticulum may, owing to the extensive perforation of the amine, have lost this character and have become a filamentous reticulum. In this case also the direction of the threads is typically very pronounced, streaming outwards towards the growing edge. There are, lastly, a few cases in which the reticulum shows no special streaming; these would appear to have been secondarily modified. Here it should be remarked that only * T use this term generally for all outgrowths from the faces of septa for their mutual support, irrespective of their form and position, 124 Mr. H. M. Bernard on the fractures in the direction of growth at any time show the appearance here called streaming; all sections across the streaming show what might be called, in contradistinction, a *¢ stationary ’’ reticulum. In the figures 3 and 4d (PI. II.) the artist—Myr. Percy Highly—has well shown by dots the usual appearance of the streaming layer. If these dots are thought of as pores in radial (septo-costal) plates lying in the plane of the paper, the reader will get a fair idea of what I believe to have been the origin of the streaming layer. The relative thickness of the streaming and of the thickening layer in figs. 3. a, 36, 3¢ should be reversed. The thinness of the streaming layer is probably indicative of the very early budding of the polyps. We have, then, in all Montiporans (with a few secondary modifications) a basal layer of reticulum streaming outwards (no matter how large or small the colony may be) and forming the growing edge, with or without the supporting epitheca. This streaming layer, which expands the corallum, for some reason or other cannot, as such, thicken it, and the new formation of coenenchyma for this purpose is in most cases sharply marked off from the streaming layer. An explanation of this thickening layer, shown in figures 3a, 36, 3c, as compared with 4 d, will be suggested later on. The thickening layer, wherever the epitheca accompanies the growing edge, is confined to the upper surface ; but if the growing edge is free, thickening layers may be added to both upper and under surfaces. These layers are derived from the threads or jagged edges of the surfaces of the streaming layer, On the upper surface they grow upwards at right angles to the direction of the streaming, and, uniting among themselves, form a filamentous reticulum. Similarly a layer of reticulum developed from points of the streaming layer bent down at right angles to that layer may cover the under surface. Whereas the upper layer may develop to almost any thick- ness and give rise to a very great variety of beautiful surfaces, the lower layer seldom thickens much; the individual threads soon tend to thicken, and thus to form a very dense reticu- lum, and sooner or later the epitheca grows out, covering over the calicles and leading to the more or less complete solidification of the lower surface. This description of the thickening and solidification of the lower surface does not apply to erect leaves or to branches which may be regarded as thick rounded leaves. In these cases the thickening layer may develop evenly on both sides of the leaf or all round the branches, and show all the surface specializations which in the horizontally growing specimens ee ee Madreporarian Subfamily Montiporine. 125 are confined to the upper surface. In the case of the branched specimens the tips of the branches which correspond with the growing edge of the explanate forms consist entirely of the streaming layer, and this may be seen forming the axis of allthestems. The cortical layer, which gradually thickens the branches, can in most cases be seen to be formed of threads bending outwards at right angles to the direction of the axial streaming layer. Leaving, then, the primitive basal streaming layer, we have to consider the variations presented by the upper thick- ening layer just described :— (1) It may merely thicken the streaming layer gradually as a filamentous reticulum, the surface in which the calicles open remaining all the time smooth. In reference to the level surface, I have called this group “ glabrous,” and under it I have arranged some thirty different types (fig. 3a). (2) The thickening reticulum may grow faster than the calicles, causing the interstices to swell up into ramparts surrounding pits, in the bases of which the calicles open. I have called this the ‘“ foveolate” group, after the most extreme type, MW. foveolata of Dana. Between these two come specimens which are foveolate while in rapid growth, but eventually become smooth ; these I have called “ glabro-foveolate.”’ I have found some twelve foveolate types and five glabro-foveolate. One specialization of these ramparts has a curious resem- blance to true protuberant calicles. This appears to have misled Dana in his ascription of true calicles to MW. caliculata. (3) The thickening reticulum shoots up into papillae which rise up above the general surface. ‘There are several more or less distinct variations of the “ papillate” specialization, which at the moment of writing is shown by at least thirty- three types (fig. 3D). The leading differences are as follows:—(qa) reticular uprisings froth up the interstices over irregular patches of different sizes ; (4) the papille are always in some relation to calicles, forming hoods or mounds, on the outer faces of which calicles open; (c) the papille run together to form either nearly parallel series in the direction of growth, or else more or less gyrating ridges; (d) lastly, as the extreme type, the papilla rise as mipple- or nearly symmetrically dome-shaped processes scattered more or less thickly over the surface, but not arranged in radial series (fig. 3 6). (4) ‘The thickening reticulum undergoes a change in its texture ; the threads which bend up vertically become differen- tiated from the rest of the elements of the reticulum and 126 Mr. H. M. Bernard on the become stout solid trabecula. The rest of the reticulum merely forms the cross pieces which support these trabecule. Every stage in the gradual differentiation of these trabeculae can be traced. In many cases the more vertical elements of the thickening reticulum run in nearly straight lines, but without thickening. Comparison of specimens shows that the thickening was due to the rising up of the tips of these vertical threads above the surface, perhaps at first as echinule. These became stouter and stronger, probably for protective purposes, and thus, as they sank beneath the rising surface, became thick trabecule (fig. 3c). This group, showing the rising of stout trabecule above the surface to form protective “ tubercles,” is very large and contains more than forty types. The distribution and shapes of the tubercles are very varied: they may be densely crowded as minute rounded granules or tall and lancet- shaped; they may be grouped in rings round calicles, or, again, they may run together to form thin keels or ridges. This group is called the “ tubereulate ” group. We thus have four main divisions of the genus—glabrous, foveolate, papillate, and tuberculate—each term having refer- ence solely to a peculiar specialization of the coenenchyma. While the first three of these terms need no comment, the last requires justification. In all the earlier descriptions of Montiporan types the terms papille and tubercle seem to have been used indiscriminately. It is often impossible to tell whether a writer was describing a specimen belonging to group 3 or to group 4. The most important use of the word tubercle occurs in Lamarck’s description of the specimen Porites tuberculosa, Lk. (= Monti- pora tuberculosa). In fixing the use of the word tubercles to mean the small solid tips of individual trabecule when they project above the surface, I have been led to do so by the conviction that these were Lamarck’s “ tubercles” as seen on his type “ tuberculosa.” Certain expressions in Lamarck’s text point clearly to this. In describing P. tuberculosa* he speaks of “les tubercules dont la surface est parsemée”’ as being “ graniformes ou columniformes ;”’ and, again, on the next page he speaks of interstices being “ hérissés de tuber- cules.” Both these expressions are quite inapplicable to the much larger swollen reticular knobs here called papille. One other remark on these tubercles with their trabecula- like sunken portions. It was the presence of these trabecule which appears to have misled Milne-Edwards. He compared * © Animaux sans Vertébres,’ ii. 1816, p. 272. Madreporarian Subfamily Montiporine. 127 them with the entirely different trabeculae of Porites, and accordingly placed Montipora among the Poritide. So far as my own observation goes, the two are morphologically distinct ; the trabecule in Porites are primitive structures, rising straight up from the epitheca, while in Montipora they are, as we have seen, quite secondary. Turning from the ccenenchyma to the polyps, polyp- cavities, method of budding, and to the forms of the corallum, points which are, as a rule, of prime importance, we find that the special development of the ccenenchyma has, as it were, overshadowed them. With regard to the last-named, we find all the typical methods of growth in each of the four chief divisions based upon the specializations of the coenenchyma. The polyps themselves are minute and their tentacles are little more than papille or crenulations of the edge of the oral disk. The polyp-cavities are also very small and the septal apparatus as a rule degenerated into mere vertical rows of projecting spines. The largest or directive septum with a few of the larger primaries may be more or less interruptedly laminate. I look upon these as survivals of a primitive lam1- nate condition of the septa and coste in the thick porous walls. The cause of this degeneration of polyps and septal apparatus may perhaps be correlated with the great development of the coenenchyma, the production of which must be a strain on the resources of the living organism, leading to the fixation of the polyp at a very undeveloped stage. In contradistinction to this extreme we may cite in support of our suggestion the cases of the Alcyonaria and Actinia, in which the polyps reach a very high level of development, while the skeletal matter deposited is either scanty or altogether absent. The character of the budding, as also a few further points on the degeneration of the septal apparatus, will be reterred to in the concluding section on the interrelationships of the Madreporide. In that connexion such matters can be more advantageously discussed comparatively. We shall there also summarize the description of the genus above given, and in that way emphasize the arguments in favour of classing Montipora with the Madreporide. The Genus Anacropora. This genus, founded by Ridley in 1884 (/. c.) to contain a branched coral from Keeling Island, was said to be distin- guished from Madrepora by the method of budding and from Montipora by its protuberant calicles. The method of budding in Madrepora, in which smaller 128 Mr. H. M. Bernard on the daughters appear from the sides of larger parent (“ apical ’’) polyps, was described as centrifugal, while that in Anacro- pora, in which an apex of undifferentiated coenenchyma takes the lead and the young polyps appear in it as it grows, was called centripetal. The distinction was thought to be funda- mental. On the other hand, the new genus came very near Montipora, differing from it chiefly in the fact that the calicles in Montipora are typically immersed, while in Anacropora they bulge up the surfaces of the branches into mounds or eminences. The new genus was accepted at once by Duncan in his revision of Milne-Edwards and Haime’s system, and he allied it with Monttpora. The ‘ Challenger’ expedition brought home two new types, which Quelch classed under Ridley’s genus, and in 1892 Rehberg * added another specimen and type, bringing the number up to four. The following notes are based upon the study of the specimens and fragments (twenty-two in all) in the National Collection. These include all the existing types except that of Rehberg (A. spinosa), which is in the Ham- burg Museum. The examination has resulted in the establishment of two new types, one being represented only by fragments, the bulk of the specimens being in the Vienna Museum. Full details will appear in the official catalogue, which is in the press. I was for some time quite uncertain as to the validity of the distinction made by Ridley between Anacropora and Montipora. Slight mounds or elevations on which the calicles opened might and do, indeed, occur in Montipora, wherever the corallum is very thin, while, on the other hand, we have in Anacropora the streaming axial layer leading the growth, and forming, as in Montipora, the tips of branches, and a further cortical layer formed just as in Montipora. It seemed to me, therefore, that while the fundamental identity in the structure of the colonial skeleton showed that Anacropore were really Montipores, the presence of protuberant calicles, which might be a slight return to primitive conditions, hardly justified the establishing of a new genus. Comparison with other types and with the undescribed material in the collec- tion has, however, revealed other characters which are important enough to warrant our retaining the genus, but uniting it with J/ontipora under a subfamily Montiporinee. While, then, the fundamental identity in the structure of the coenenchyma shows that Anacropora has branched off * Abh. Nat. Ver. Hamb. xii. p. 46. Madreporarian Subfamily Montiporine. 129 from Montipora, we may assume that the protuberant calicles, which may, in some cases, be even tall and conical, suggest that this branching off took place at a very early stage in the development of that genus. ‘That these protuberances are primitive, and not secondary returns to primitive conditions, may, perhaps, be gathered from the very important fact that the primary septa in the more protuberant calicles are laminate, and, further, that these laminate radial structures may even project down the outer wall of the protuberance as costal ridges (PI. II. fig. 5). It is specially worthy of note that the less protuberant calicles, or those which open flush with the surface, have the degenerated septal apparatus characteristic of Montipora, while those which grow taller and_ slightly larger develop radial skeletal lamine, septa and coste. While it is of course quite possible that this is a secondary return to primitive conditions, there is no reason why we should not assume it to be the persistence of such conditions. The burden of proof, I think, rests with those who prefer the former suggestion. I have been much struck by noting that many of the pro- tuberant calicles with costal ridges running down their sides show the tendency to a spiral twisting ot the whole calicle which I have already referred to in Zurbinaria and Madre- pora. ‘This fact, again, seems to me to suggest that the protuberance of the calicles is primitive and not atavistic. Hence, then, we conclude that Anacropora branched off from Montipora before the degeneration of the calicles and of their laminate radial skeleton had gone as far as it now has in the latter genus. In this connexion it is worth noting that the axial streaming layer is typically laminate or band-like, and that, in those cases in which it appears most filamentous, examination shows that this is a secondary condition due to the formation of large perforations in the primitive longitudinal bands. This band-reticulum, as we have seen above, can be best traced to the outward streaming of the primitive laminate radial structures composing the chief portion of the thick walls of the parent and daughter polyps in the earlier stages of colony formation. In addition to this important laminate structure of the walls of the more protuberant calicles, the method of branching is quite peculiar. All the known types are composed of rather thin cylindrical stems more or less knotted (by the protuberant calicles) like a thorn-stick. While the stems are generally slightly curved, the branches come off suddenly at rather wide angles, the stem at the same time bending 130 Mr. H. M. Bernard on the away from the branch. It is, in reality, a kind of forking, only the stem remains the more important and less diverging prong. ‘The result of repeated branchings with free fusions between parts that touch is to form a rather closely matted tangle low down near the ground, the meshes in the tangle being more or less angular. This angular character of the meshes is, however, frequently obscured by curvings of the branches. Broken fragments falling down into the tangle freely fuse on again, and help to make the net thicker. In claiming this very peculiar method of growth as characteristic of the genus I am aware that it is not immediately evident in all the types. It is very marked in Ridley’s original type (A. Forbes), in Quelch’s types (A. gracilis and A. solida), and in one of the new types (A. echinulata *), whereas it is not so marked though traceable in A. erecta *, and apparently least visible in Rehberg’s type (A. spinosa). In these last two forms the branching does not come off at such a wide angle, and hence the whole corallum is more symmetrically arborescent. But in A. erecta, so far as I remember the photographs shown me by Dr. Marenzeller, the larger clumps were very close tangles of thin knotted stems, and Rehberg’s figure of A. spinosa (1. ¢.) appears to show distinct traces of a tendency to sudden angular bendings of the stems and branches. These points, then, the protuberant calicles, showing distinct lamination of their radial structures, and the peculiar character of the branching, serve, I think, to separate Anacro- pora from Montipora, with which genus it is, however, funda- mentally associated in the structure of the coenenchyma and in the presence of calicles with degenerate septal apparatus exactly like those of Montipora. Interrelationships of the Madreporide. As we have above seen, the only argument for allying Montipora with Porites, as was done by Milne-Kdwards and Haime, and later by Duncan, falls to the ground as soon as the secondary character of the trabecule is established +. Hence we have no hesitation in claiming the genus with its ally Anacropora as together forming a subfamily of the Madreporide. I shall now endeavour to show that the remaining three accepted genera—Madrepora, Turbinaria, * Full descriptions of these are given in the Museum Catalogue, + In 1889 Dr. Ortmann suggested, without going into details, that Montipora might be deduced from Porites through Alveopora (Zool. Jahrb. (syst.) iv. p. 584). Interrelationships of the Madreporide. 131 and Astrwopora—can be usefully united in a second sub- family ; so that, for the future, the Madreporide will consist, so far as we at present know, of two subfamilies—the Madre- porine, comprising three genera, and the Montiporine, comprising two genera. The strongest argument in favour of this classification lies in the fact that the five genera can be deduced from a common ancestral form. In describing this form we are, for obvious reasons, confined to a consideration of its parent polyp, and not of its colony. Every colony starts from a parent polyp, and, indeed, receives its chief characteristic from the structure, growth, and method of budding of this individual, directly developed from the attached larva. Hence it is enough if we can trace any group of colony formations back to a common ancestral parent polyp. Reference to the analyses already given in this and in the earlier papers on Turbinaria and Astreopora shows that this common parent polyp possessed the following leading charac- teristics: —(1) a porous wall, with laminate radial structures ; (2) a well-developed saucer-shaped epitheca; (3) the habit of very early budding while the parent polyp was still very small; (4) the production of true buds, starting from the smallest beginnings out of the sides of the polyp, and forming their skeletons, at least in the first stages, upon and with some slight modification of the radial symmetry of the porous wall of the parent polyp*. From such a form we may deduce the genera under dis- cussion along the following lines of specialization :— Madrepora.—The skeleton of the parent polyp grew in height, and consequently somewhat in size, shooting upwards in a tall cone with thickening base (fig.4a). The buds grew out in tiers from its sides, remaining comparatively small. The radial structures persist as lamine, and those septa of the buds would be largest which could start at once upon, and in the same plane with, one of the radial laminate structures (cost) of the parent; hence the “ directive” septa of the buds are typically radially symmetrical with those of the arent. ‘The epitheca is left behind. Turbinaria.—A ring of buds shoots up round and from the sides of the parent polyp, together forming a cup, the wall of each bud rising up as a distinct cone above the level of the fusion of their walls to form the common ccenenchyma (fig. 4d), * For Miss Ogilvie’s alternative derivation of the Madreporidx see Phil. Trans. vol, clxxxvii., 1696. This has been criticized by me in the Geological Mag. vol. iv. 1897, p. 170. 132 | Mr. H. M. Bernard on the The parent polyp dies away, and its primitive protuberant cone is immersed under the ccenenchyma formed from the fusion of the walls of a ring of daughters. These daughters carry on the colony, the budding of the daughters being limited to their free or outer sides, ¢. e. to the sides turned away from the axis of the cup. Hence the fact referred to above, that in Turbinaria as well as in Montipora the young buds appear in the undifferentiated coenenchyma which forms the growing edge of the cup. This edge represents morpho- logically the outer sides of the combined porous walls of the last-formed ring of polyps, and differs from the porous wall of the parent polyp mainly in the facts, (1) that the laminate radial structures are more or less obscured, and (2) that the epitheca has been left behind. The polyps forming the Turbinarian colony develop equally, and there is no such disparity in size as is seen between the axial polyp of Madre- pora and its daughters. Principal or directive septa occur and can be accounted for in the same way as in Madrepora. Astreopora.—The budding is promiscuous; a new bud develops wherever there is room for it, each one typically carrying up its wall into a protuberant cone (fig.4¢). Asa result of this crowding the known forms are, without exception, thick encrusting, or massive. The costal radial structures of the original parent ceased to be laminate, but broke up into radial series of spines, the tips of which formed protective echinule. One apparently natural consequence of this was a considerable degeneration of the septal apparatus in the daughters of the colony. Montiporine.—The original parent polyp was distinguished by great thickness of its porous walls, which apparently early arrested the development of the polyp, and by a tendency of the whole skeleton to be low, and even perhaps disk-like, and not to rise up into a cone as in the last three genera (fig. 4d). In the modern Montipores this has reached its extreme limit, but in Anacropora the habit of forming conical walls is not yet lost. ‘The synapticular con- nexions between the radial structures reached far in towards the centre, so that the visible septal apparatus tended to be limited to rows of septal spines; when the calicles protrude (Anacropora), and hence grow a little in size, laminate septa appear. ‘The tendency to enormous thickness of porous wall was inherited by the daughter polyps. Hence the two chief characteristics of the genus—(1) minuteness of the polyp-cavities, (2) great richness of coenenchyma, which is nothing but the result of fusion of the greatly thickened porous walls of the individuals of the colony. ‘The budding Interrelationships of the Madreporide. 133 of the daughters seems, as a rule, to be limited to their free or outer sides; the fresh buds turn upwards if the growing edge is accompanied by an epitheca, but may turn up or down indifferently if the growing edge is free. In the diagrams the former case is, for the sake of simplicity, alone illustrated. In Montipora we have almost all possible growth-formations resulting from this aggregation of small thick-walled polyps, aided by the secondary additions of tissue, above described as the “thickening layers.” These begin to form at varying distances from the growing edges or apices, ¢. e. after the budding of the polyps has ceased. May not this fresh growth be correlated with the very early budding of the Montiporan polyps and their subsequent continued but limited growth—limited, that is, by the abundant secretion of skeletal matter—which is the characteristic feature of the genus ? In Anacropora the growth-form is highly specialized. We may thus look upon Anacropora as a survival of a special growth-form of some more primitive Montipore, 7. e. of some Montipore in which the degeneration of the protuberant conical wall had not gone so far as it has in the modern representatives of the genus. While in Montipora the lami- nate radial elements of the calyx have almost entirely disap- peared, being only occasionally found in a few large primaries, directives and others, and, again, in the streaming layer of the coenenchyma, in Anacropora laminate septa and coste appear in ‘the more protuberant calicles in addition to the lamination of the streaming axial layer. It is further worth noting that not only does the occasional presence of laminate directives support the deduction of Montipora from an ances- tral polyp with laminate radial skeleton, but the mere presence of directives points also that way, that is, if the explanation of the rise of directives above given is correct. The primi- tive epitheca, which is lost in Anacropora, persists and plays a great part in the formation of many Montiporan coralla. In these different ways all the genera which are at present included in the Madreporide can be deduced from a common parent. ‘he two last mentioned are associated by the pecu- liar structure of the coenenchyma, which, as we have seen, is traceable to the great thickness of the porous walls of the individual polyps. ‘These, then, form the subfamily Monti- porine. ‘The remaining three genera are also united by one character in common, viz. the typical upgrowth of the polyp- walls into freely protuberant calicles, their basal portions alone being fused together to form a ccenenchyma. I can see no reason why this character should not unite Madrepora, Turbinaria, and Astraopora into a second subfamily—the Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xx. 10 134 On the Interrelationships of the Madreporide. Madreporine. The chief objection to this rests in the specialized character of the laminate radial structures of Astreopora, which ought, perhaps, to separate that genus from Madrepora and Turbinaria. In the meantime, how- ever, they can be usefully united in the manner suggested. I therefore suggest the following arrangement of the family :— : Family Madreporide. ye a ‘ a Subfamilies: I. MADREPORINZ. IL. MonTIPORINZ. y iN / J | / . al . . . Ay 4 . Genera: Madrepora. Turbinaria. Astreopora. Montipora, Anacropora. A serious objection may be raised to this description of the phylogeny of the Madreporide, viz. that it is apparently based exclusively upon study of the five genera dealt with. It is true that such a limitation of one’s survey makes all generalizations hazardous. I am, however, encouraged to state the conclusions I have arrived at with regard io these genera even at this early stage because they are not based solely upon study of the five genera concerned. Most of the other Madreporarian genera—at least, the better known of them—have been studied and compared again and again for the express purpose of arriving at some clear insight into the different lines along which the stony corals have been diffe- rentiated. [I am aware that this does not appear from anything said in this paper. I have, however, here pur- posely abstained from making any definite morphological statement about any genus which I have not studied syste- matically. The survey of a few specimens of any particular genus may give reliable hints for guidance towards a better understanding of the genera which are at the time the object of close study, but cannot be exact enough to admit of definite assertion. It is, indeed, quite possible that when all the available specimens of the genus Porites have been under review, the purposely very limited reference to the morphology of that genus given above may have to be qualified. i On Bees from New Mexico. 135 EXPLANATION OF PLATE II. Figs. 1, 2. Youngest colony of Montipora found, 3°5 millim. in long dia- meter: pp, the largest and tallest calicle, presumably that of the parent polyp of the colony. The saucer-shaped epitheca has been turned in, and the outward growth at @ has been hindered ; hence the initial symmetry has been destroyed, the young stock having expanded chiefly in the direction of 4. Fig. 6. Diagrams showing the building up of the Montiporan corallum. The budding of the thick-walled polyps is shown by lines; the originally laminate septa and cost lying in the plane of the paper are covered with curved dotted lines, to represent the ordinary appearance of the basal streaming layer in sections at right angles to the growing edge. The tissue which secondarily thickens the corallum is :— (a) A reticulum which does not rise above the level of the calicles. (6) A reticulum which surges up to form spongy ramparts or papillee. (c) A reticulum of which the more vertical elements are straightened and thickened and project above the surface as tubercles. In these figures the streaming layer has been drawn very thick for the sake of clearness. In reality the relative thicknesses of the layers should be reversed, the streaming layer being, in many cases at least, the thinner. Fig. 4. Diagrams to show the different specializations in form and method of budding of the parent polyp, which will explain the leading characters of the four chief Madreporidan genera:— (a) Madrepora, (b) Turbinaria, (c) Astreopora, (a) Montipora. Fig. 5. A protuberant calicle of Anacropora gracilis (X ca. 20), showing the laminate septa and the edges of the costee running down the outer walls. XIJ.— Contributions from the New Mexico Biological Station. —VI. The New Mexico Bees of the Genus Heriades, and a new Halictus. By T. D. A. COCKERELL. Tue bees herein described all fall under Heriades in the broad sense, but they present considerable differences, which might be considered of subgeneric or even generic value. A. Legs partly ved. a. Smaller species, the red confined to the front legs. Heriades asteris, sp. n. g. Length about 5 millim. is Black, with the anterior femora in front and within and the broadened anterior tibiz behind ferruginous. The whole insect very coarsely sculptured, the punctures of the vertex and mesothorax extremely large, producing a subcancellate 10" 136 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on effect, just as in H. carinata, Head rounded, not particu- larly swollen behind the eyes ; cheeks beneath and anterior margin of clypeus each with a large and dense brush of white hairs ; anterior margins of eyes, up to a distance above the level of the antenne equal to the length of the scape, bordered by a conspicuous white hair-band; vertex and the rest of the face almost free from hairs, but some scattered pubescence above the level of the antenne ; antennz long, flagellum brownish beneath, its first two joints about equal, the third somewhat longer; clypeus much more finely punc- tured than the face above. In another specimen the clypeus is covered with white hair and the face is more hairy. Thorax very little hairy, the white pubescence most noticeable about tubercles and along the hind margin of scutellum, but dense on the ventral surface between the legs. ‘Tegule shining piceous. Wings rather short, rather dusky, especially along the costa beyond the stigma, beautifully iridescent ; nervures and stigma piceous, stigma moderately well developed, first recurrent nervure reaching second submarginal cell only just beyond the origin of the first transverse cubital. Abdomen with distinct but narrow white hair-bands, its dorsal surface with very large punctures. It does not end in four projec- tions, but is similar in general structure to that of H/. carinata. Hab. Las Cruces, N. M., on Aster spinosus, August (Ckll. 4626), and on Solidago canadensis, Sept. 3 (CkIl. 4748). b. Larger species, the red practically confined to the four hindmost legs. Feriades bigelovie, sp. n. &. Length about 5} millim. More bulky than the last, the head quite large, though not notably extended behind the eyes. Black, with the middle and hind femora and the hind tibie and tarsi bright ferru- ginous. Pubescence white, tolerably abundant, quite covering the face up to a little below the middle ocellus, dense on the cheeks beneath and along margins of mesothorax, scutellum, metathorax, and pleura; the disk of the meso- and meta- thorax nude, not so the pleura; abdominal segments with very distinct apical hair-bands, snow-white, the first much broadened at the side; legs more or less white-hairy. Punce- tuation of vertex, thoracic dorsum, and abdomen strong and tolerably close, but not nearly so large or coarse as in the carinata group. Basal enclosure of metathorax smooth, shining, impunctate. ‘Tegulee testaceous, pubescent. Wings perfectly hyaline, nervures and stigma piceous. Stigma Bees from New Mexico. 137 very little developed, first recurrent nervure joining second submarginal cell at a distance from the origin of the first transverso-cubital nervure greater than half the length of the latter. Abdomen suboval, without a subbasal ventral projection; apex with four approximately equidistant teeth, the median ones not broadened. ?. Similar to the male, with a white ventral scopa. Ven- tral base of abdomen with a short tooth-like projection. Antenne shorter. Hab. Las Cruces, N. M., on Bigelowia Wrightit, Sept. 23, amale. Alsoa male, June 16, on Aster spinosus (CkIl. 3036). A female was taken as early as April 27 on the occasion of a meeting of the Agricultural College Field Club. This species belongs to an entirely different group from asteris &c. B. Legs entirely black. a. First recurrent nervure uniting with first transverso-cubital. FHleriades crucifera, sp. n. 36. Length about or slightly over 6 millim. In appearance, structure and punctuation, &c. this is like the male of cardnata, but it differs as follows :— crucifera &. First recurrent nervure uniting with the first transverso-cubital. First ventral segment of abdo- men shovel-shaped, viewed late- rally not unlike the head of the snake Heterodon nasicus upside down. Face a little narrower; clypeus only fringed with white hair. carinata 3. First recurrent nervure not so uniting. First ventral segment of abdo- men produced into a large blunt tooth, erect and a little excavated posteriorly. Face a little broader; clypeus covered with white hair. Hab. Santa Fé, N. M., July 18 (CkIl. 1546). b. First recurrent nervure reaching second submarginal cell at a point distant from the origin of the first transverso-cubital less than half the length of the latter. Stigma distinct. Thorax usually very coarsely sculptured. Wings smoky at apex. Heriades carinata, Cresson, 1864. I have an [Illinois specimen from Mr. Robertson, and it agrees with the insect as found in New Mexico. Females are before me from the following places:—(1) Santa Fé, N.M., Aug. 2 and 3, at flowers of Grindelia squarrosa, three ; 138 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on (2) Santa Fé, Aug. 3, one on Solidago canadensis ; (3) So- corro, N. M., June 29, one on a species of Composites ; (4) Las Cruces, N. M., Sept. 3, one on Solidago canadensis ; (5) Las Cruces, June 16, on Aster sptnosus ; (6) Mesilla, N. M., Aug. 15, one on Solidago canadensis; (7) Mesilla, Aug. 29, on Bigelovia Wrightii; (8) Colorado Springs, Col., middle of July. The specimens from Santa Fé and Colorado Springs seem to average larger than those from the Mesilla Valley. Of the male I have three examples from Ruidoso Creek, collected by Prof. E. O. Wooton, one on Veronica, sp., July 1; one on Hrysimum, at 6600 feet, July 3; one on Rhus, at 6600 feet, July 10. It will be noted that the females were all taken on Composite, but not so the males. The species apparently does not fly earlier than about the middle of June. Heriades gracilior, sp. n. ¢. Length 8 millim. or slightly over. Black; abdomen long and rather slender, with parallel sides. Pubescence dirty white, scanty and inconspicuous on head and thorax, most abundant about tubercles, hind border of scutellum, and round the antenne. Punctuation strong and moderately dense, but not nearly so coarse or dense as in carinata; the shining surface of the mesothorax is plainly evident between the punctures, and still more is that of the abdomen. Head longitudinally broad-oval ; clypeus strongly punctured, bulging, with more or less of a central midge; mandibles very broad, with a conspicuous prominence on the outer side not far from the base; antenne entirely dark ; flagellum slightly inclined~ to be flattened. Metathorax obliquely truncate, the upper edge of the truncation shining. Tegule shining piceous. Wings smoky hyaline, darkest in and just beyond the marginal cell. Venation as in carinata, except that the marginal cell is relatively longer and narrower. Legs sparsely hairy. Abdomen with very distinct but very narrow white hair-bands. Ventral scopa white, not very abundant. Hab. At flowers of Opuntia with H. opuntie, Soledad Cafion, Organ Mountains, N. M., May 22 (CxiZ.). A considerably larger insect than H. carinata ; it is of the same group, though it exhibits a style of punctuation more common in the next group. Bees from New Mexico. ; 139 e. First recurrent nervure reaching second submarginal cell at a point distant from the origin of the first transverso-cubital more than half the length of the latter. Stigma small or subobsolete. Wings not smoky at apex. i, Large species, tegulee dark ferruginous. Heriades opuntie, sp. n. ?. Length about 10 millim. Black, with white pubescence. Punctuation throughout strong, but fine and close, yet not close enough to prevent the surface from shining. Pubescence conspicuous only round antenne, at sides of face, on cheeks beneath, on and above tubercles, on anterior part of mesothorax, along margins of pleura, in a line above the wings, continuous along hind margin of scutellum, along lateral edges of metathorax, on coxe, femora beneath, tibize and tarsi rather thinly in front, and in the abdominal scopa and the five white narrow bands above. All this is white, but the tarsi on the inner side are clothed with orange-rufous hairs. Head very large, sub- quadrate, seen from in front as large as the lateral view of the thorax, broad behind the eyes, closely punctured on the vertex and cheeks, but with larger much sparser punctures on the shining clypeus. Antenne short, flagellum faintly brownish towards the end. Mandibles very broad, the long oblique inner edge ornamented with appressed ferruginous hairs, and presenting a tooth about its middle. ‘There is no sort of prominence on the outer side. yes bicoloured, black in front, sage-green behind. Tegule shining dark ferrugi- nous. Wings clear, nervures and stigma black, stigma ex- tremely small. The anterior margin of the clypeus is perfectly straight, and beneath it are some very bright orange-ferruginous hairs. The base of the metathorax is smooth and shining. The tibial spurs, which are pale yellowish brown in H.gracilior, are so only on the front legs of opuntiw, on the others being black. ‘The four anterior tibie in graczlior come to a decided point at the end on the outer side at an angle of perhaps 50° ; but in opuntie they exhibit at the same place a short but slender spine, slightly curved upwards. The hind tibie are slightly nodulose on the outer side in gracilior, not so in opuntice. , Hab. At flowers of Opuntia, Soledad Cafion, N. M., May 22 (Ckll.). At one time I took this for H. rotundiceps, Cresson; but on comparing it closely with Cresson’s descrip- tion, it is evidently distinct. 140 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on ii, Smaller, tegule black or piceous. Heriades prosopidis, sp. n. 9. Long. 5 millim. Black, of the usual form; abdomen with narrow white hair-bands. Head large, subquadrate; vertex shining, with large extremely close punctures ; face somewhat hairy, sides of face covered with white plumose hairs, forming very con- spicuous patches ; clypeus punctured, more or less clothed with silvery hairs; mandibles dark, grooved without; an- tennee short, wholly dark ; eyes sage-green, except the anterior two-fifths, which are intense black. Thorax shining, strongly and closely but not confluently punctured ; pubescence scanty over most of the surface, but forming patches in front of and above wings and at sides of metathorax, the pleura also being margined with white hairs. Tegule shining piceous. Wings iridescent, perfectly hyaline; nervures and stigma black, stigma quite small. Legs black, sparsely hairy, the four hindmost tarsi clothed within with ferruginous hairs. Abdo- men rather shiny, strongly and rather closely punctured, with four conspicuous but very narrow white hair-bands. Apical segment thinly clothed above with short silvery hairs. Ventral scopa white. First ventral segment with a thorn- like prominence. Mandibles broad and tridentulate at apex. Hab. Mesilla, New Mexico, three at flowers of mesquite (Prosopis), in company with Prosopis mesille, P. asininus, and Perdita exclamans, May 7, 1896. I have also a single male, taken at Las Cruces, N. M., June 16, on Aster spinosus flowers ; it is like the female, but somewhat smaller, with a more densely pubescent face, longer antenne, and the tip of the abdomen exhibits four short teeth. This little species could be taken for ZH. vardolosa, Cresson, but the punctures of the third abdominal segment are no larger than those of the second. Heriades cactorum, sp. n. ?. Length about 6 millim. Uniformly larger than H. prosopidis, but very similar to it. Lhe pubescence of the face forms two very conspicuous white bands at the sides and is fairly abundant about the antenne ; it does not at all conceal the surface of the clypeus. The punctuation of the pleura is somewhat closer than in proso- pidis, and the stigma is perhaps rather smaller, The flagellum becomes tinged perceptibly with dark brown. The eyes are Bees from New Mexico. 141 bicoloured, as in prosopidis. ‘Uhe second and third segments of the abdomen are punctured alike. Hab. Santa Fé, N. M., July 10, three at flowers of Cactus radiosus, var. neomexicanus (Eng.), in Mr. Boyle’s garden ; they burrowed deeply down among the anthers. One at Colorado Springs, Colorado, middle of July. This species does not appreciably differ from H. prosopidis, at least in the female, except in the characters given above; yet I believe it is certainly a different species. I have a series of each, and the differences are constant; the bees also occur on different kinds of flowers in different life-zones. Heriades meliloti, sp. n. 6. Length about 64 millim. Stoutly built; head large, seen from in front almost exactly circular ; eyes bicoloured green and black, face covered with white hairs; vertex with very sparse silvery hairs, shining, strongly but only moderately densely punctured; antenne not very long, flagellum only very feebly brown; mandibles deeply bifid at ends, the two teeth sharp, no indication of a third; thorax not densely but quite copiously white-hairy ; mesothorax with strong quite close punctures, similar punc- tures on scutellum not so close; tegule shining piceous; nervures and stigma black; wings hyaline; base of meta- thorax smooth and shining; small joints of tarsi rufescent ; abdomen with strong and tolerably close punctures, similar on the second and third segments; the narrow white hair-bands very distinct ; apex with four equidistant teeth, of which the two middle are the larger, but are not broadened. Venter with two white hair-bands ; subbasal projection not very large, hairy. Hab. Four in the Mesilla Valley, N. M., near Las Cruces. One was on Melilotus indica, on the College Farm, early in May ; two were on the College campus, Sept. 10, at the same spot as a lot of Plenoculus Cockerellit, Fox *. HM, meliloti differs from the male of H. prosopidis at once in its considerably larger size, the much larger head, and relatively shorter antenne. It is a somewhat larger insect than even the female of cactorum, so it is not likely to be its male, especially since it was found in a quite different locality. The male of H. osmotdes, Cresson, which I took at Colorado * The P. Cockerellii were flying rapidly over the sand only a few inches above the surface and burrowing in it. I saw two making a great fuss, and found they were struggling for the possession of a small cater- pillar. 142 On Bees from New Mesico. Springs, Colorado, at the middle of July, is distinguished from meliloti by its considerably larger size and the fact that the two middle teeth at the end of the abdomen are con- siderably broader than long. I have a single female from Soledad Caiion, in the Organ Mountains, which I think must belong to meddlote. It was collected by Prof. C. H. T. Townsend on Aug. 15 on Melam- odium cinereum, DC. (det. EK. O. Wooton) ; it is extremely like Sta. Fé cactorum, but larger, about 64 millim. long, and has a noticeably larger head and broader face. Flalictus ruidosensis, sp. n. 2. Length 6 millim. Head and thorax very dark Prussian green, abdomen and legs black. Head ordinary, face broad; eyes converging above and below, so that the inner orbital margin is noticeably curved ; face and front rough from the strong and extremely close punctuation, dark blue-green; except the clypeus and supraclypeal area, which are olive-green with a coppery lustre, the anterior margin of the clypeus broadly black. The punctuation of the lower parts of the face is also much less close than that above, and the clypeus and supraclypeal area are minutely roughened with strong but quite sparse punctures. Mandibles dark rufescent at ends; antenne wholly very dark brown. Pubescence throughout dirty white, with a faint yellowish tint, sparse on head and thorax, but conspicuous in certain lights, not at all concealing surface of face. Thorax dark blue-green, metathorax perhaps a little bluer than the parts in front of it; mesothorax minutely granular and strongly and quite closely punctured ; a distinct median impressed line ; with a strong lens in a good light the postscutellum and hind part of scutellum appear quite an olive-green and the metathorax deep blue-black, strongly contrasting; metathorax minutely granular, rather shining, truncate, the distinct crescent-shaped basal area bounded only by a rounded edge ; basal portion of enclosure finely rugose- plicate. ‘Tegule shining piceous, not punctured. Wings hyaline, iridescent, slightly dusky towards apex; nervures and stigma piceous. Legs black, tibial spurs rufous, hind legs quite densely pubescent. Abdomen moderately broad, brown-black ; first segment sparsely and feebly punctured, remaining segments more closely but still feebly punctured ; hind margins of segments so narrowly and feebly testaceous that it is not readily noticeable; no hair-bands, but sides of first three segments, and dorsum of hind part of third and all On the Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Delias. 143 fourth and fifth pruinose from a fine pubescence, which on the lateral bases of the second and third segments tends to form triangular marks. gd. Like the female, abdomen narrower. Hab. Ruidoso Creek, New Mexico; six collected by Prof. E. O. Wooton, viz. :—(1) no. 21, at 6600 feet, July 3, on Lrystmum ; (2) no. 49, a variety with the clypeus and supraclypeal area concolorous with the rest of the face, at 7500 feet, July 6; (3) no. 24, July 8, on Mimulus luteus ; (4) no. 142, at 6600 feet, July 10, on Rhus; (5) no, 171, at 6600 feet, July 10, on Rhus; (6) no. 170, also on Rhus with the last. La Tenaja, near Santa Fé, N. M., collected by Miss Myrtle Boyle. Barts Fé, N. M., seven, as follows:—(1) Ckll. 1141, the only male I have, unfortunately without its head, on alfalfa, Andrews orchard, June 27; (2) Ckll. 3468, on Linum Lewisi in garden, July 12; (3) Ckll. 1407, July 10, Boyle coll.; (4) Ckll. 4242, Aug. 5; (5) CkIl. 4055, Aug. 2, on Clematis ligusticifolia; (6) Ckll. 4044 and 4046, Aug. 2, on Solidago canadensis. Las Cruces, N. M., March 31, 1896, on Sisymbrium. This is a species of the transition-zone, though a single specimen was taken at Las Cruces, in the Upper Sonoran. Ordinarily it is known especially by the dark nervures and stigma, not at all metallic abdomen, and contrasting colour of the clypeus and supraclypeal area. The stigma may be slightly pallid, a sort of rather dilute sepia, but never honey- yellow; in one example only, apparently conspecific (Wooton’s no. 49), did the character of the clypeal coloration fail. H. ruidosensis is very similar to H. Ashmeadii, Rob., from Florida, but the latter will at once be distinguished by the narrower face and the lively reddish-brown colour of the tegule; the second submarginal cell in Ashmeadii is much narrowed above, but in ruddosensis it is very little narrowed. Mesilla, New Mexico, U.S.A., May 9, 1897. XIII.—Revision of the Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Delias. By A. G. Burier, Ph.D. &c., Senior Assistant-Keeper, Zoological Department, British Museum. As recently as 1893 Ritter von Mitis essayed a revision of this genus in the German ‘ Iris,’ pp. 100-153 ; he, however, overlooked two or three described forms, and his material evidently was far from rich enough to enable him to form a 144 Dr. A. G. Butler on the just estimate as to the value of the characters upon which species had been based. At the present time the collection of the Natural History Museum, though still far from perfect, possesses long series of the commoner species, and is chiefly weak in those of the Solomon Islands which have been described during the last few years. The generosity of Messrs. Godman and Salvin, whose collection of these butterflies is now incorporated with the National series, has filled up several blanks and greatly improved the representation of some of the more beautiful and rarer species. ‘Therefore, as I have been asked to bring the account of this genus up to date while fresh from its study, I will try to do my best, reducing the synonymy as much as possible. 1. Delias eucharis. Papilio eucharis, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent. ii. pl. x. figs. 5, 6 (1773). Pieris epicharis, Godart, Ene. Méth. ix. p. 155 (1819). Fifty-two examples, of which twenty-four are from the Godman and Salvin collection. Seven other examples are in the Hewitson series. India and Burma generally. B. M. This widely distributed and common species seems to vary very little. 2. Delias ethira. Delias ethira, Doherty, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. iv. p. 262 (1886). Berhampore, Ganjam and Khasia Hills (nine examples). B.M. Although most nearly related to D. hierte, this species may be regarded as tending to link the latter to D. eucharis. 3. Delias hierte. Delias hierte, Hiibner, Zutr. exot. Schmett. figs. 77, 78 (1818). Var. Thyca indica, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 3rd ser. vol. iv. p. 351 (1867). Aberr. 2. Thyca devaca, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1872, p. 566. Forty-three specimens, of which twenty-one are from G. & S. coll.; also five in coll. Hewitson. India, Burma, and Siam. 5B. M. This species is very variable on both surfaces, but espe- cially on the under surface of the secondaries; the scarlet submarginal spots are always large and seven in number, but they are very well developed in some examples; the yellow colouring on these wings also varies from lemon to saffron, sometimes even tinged with scarlet on the abdominal Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Delias. 145 border, whilst Moore’s 7. sanaca (a full-coloured female) has the subcostal area and cell of secondaries red ; this, however, I believe to be a mere accidental discoloration, such as one sometimes sees in Pierine butterflies, and due perhaps to staining through the chance dropping of meconium from above as the insect rested below a twig; but at best a mere aberration. In some examples, especially where the yellow is deep in tint, it is confined to the inner half of the wing and partly divided from the scarlet submarginal spots by white crescents; in others these crescents are wanting ; fre- quently the yellow covers nearly the whole of the paler portion of the wing, and (rarely) it entirely obliterates every vestige of white. In the sport to which Wallace gave the name of Thyca indica the black suffusion on the upper surface at apex of primaries is weakly defined and the black veins on the under surface of the secondaries are expanded by a bordering of black scales at the inner edge of the scarlet spots. None of these varieties are limited to any locality, excepting, perhaps, the variety without white on the under- side of the secondaries, of which we only possess a female from Toungoo; a male from Rangoon has almost lost all trace of white, so that it is just possible that this variety may be confined to Burma. 4. Delias metarete. Delias metarete, Butler, Trans. Linn. Soe. (2) i. p. 550 (1879). Malacca, Penang, Borneo, Sumatra. B. M. Sumatra, coll. Hewitson. This is a Malayan representative of D. hierte, approaching nearest to the var. indica, but the much more uniformly grey apical area of the primaries above, the more restricted and sharply defined limitation of the yellow area on the under surface of the secondaries, and development of the black inner bordering of the scarlet spots constantly distinguish it. Our series consists of eight examples, two of which are from the Godman and Salvin collection, also one in the Hewitson collection. 5. Delias hemorrhea. Pieris hemorrhea, Vollenhoyen, Mon. Pier. p. 10, pl. ii. fig. 5 (1865), Three examples, Banca. ¢ 9, B. M. The more dusky bordering of the secondaries above, the orange instead of yellow colouring below, and restriction of the scarlet spots to three in number, readily separate this insular form trom the preceding. 146 Dr. A. G. Butler on the 6. Deltas niasana. Delias niasana, Kheil, Rhop. Nias. p. 35, pl. iv. figs. 22, 23 (1884). Var. amarilla, ibid. t. ¢. Nias. Three examples. B. M. Two of the specimens are from the Godman and Salvin collection. The species is a well-marked one, having the yellow on the under surface of the secondaries of a bright primrose tint, the submarginal scarlet spots almost enclosed in black and with pale edges; it approaches more nearly to D. hyparete, but is quite easily separated from that species by the form, pale edging, and number of the scarlet spots. 7. Delias hyparete. Papilio hyparete, Linnzeus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 247 (1764). Papilio autonoe, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. clxxxvii. C, D (1779). Assam, Penang, Borneo, Sumatra, and Java. B. M. Thirty-four examples, of which thirteen are from the God- man and Salvin collection. The species varies chiefly in the size of the submarginal scarlet spots on under surface of secondaries, but not to any great extent. 8. Delias luzonensts. Pieris luzonensis, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. vi. p. 285 (1862). Var. Delias palawanica, Staudinger, Iris, ii. p. 24 (1889). Vars. Delias mindanaensis, Mitis, Ivis, vi. p. 159, pl. ii. figs. 4, 5 (1893). Philippine Islands and Formosa. B. M. Eighteen examples, of which twelve were received from the Godman and Salvin collection. Hewitson also had four other specimens. In its typical form LD. luzonensis nearly resembles the darker examples of D. hyparete from Java (D. autonoe), but is at once seen to differ in the greater obliquity of the inner edge of the blackish apical patch, owing to its being carried backwards to the end of the discoidal cell; also (on the under surface) in the broader black border of secondaries, which completely encloses the scarlet submarginal spots, and the much greater extent of yellow on these wings. The species is very variable, easily divided into five torms, as follows :— 1. Typical form, with blackish apical patch to primaries streaked above with grey between the veins; secondaries below with six scarlet spots.—Luzon, Manilla, and Formosa. 2. Secondaries below with the second and third spots Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Delias. 147 whitish and small (female figured by von Mitis, Taf. il. fig. 5, as D. mindanaensis 2 ).—Luzon. 3. Secondaries with fewer scarlet spots—two to three in male, three large and two very small in female (male D. min- danaensis, fig. 4).—Mindanao. 4, Apex of primaries above crossed by more or less con- fluent broad white streaks, forming a belt crossed by black veins; secondaries below with six scarlet spots—D. pala- wanica, Palawan. 5. Secondaries below with second and third spots small and whitish.—Mindoro. That any of these forms is constant to locality may be doubted. 9. Delias lucina. Delias lueina, Distant, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xix. p. 270 (1887). Delias joloana, Staudinger, Iris, 11. p. 24 (1889), Sulu Archipelago. Two males from G, & S. coll. 10. Delias simplea, sp. n. 3. Upperside resembling D. Stoll’ (autonoe, Stoll, not Cramer), but even less varied with black: wings below white, with black veins slightly expanded on the outer border of the primaries, and so much so on the secondaries as to form a continuous narrow sinuated border; internal third of secondaries pale chrome-yellow ; no red submarginal spots. Expanse of wings 82 millim. Sumatra (Sachs), From G. & S. coll. 11. Delias Stollit. Delias Stoll, Butler, P. Z. S. 1872, p. 32. Papilio autonoe, Stoll (not Cramer), Pap. Exot. pl. xxxiii. figs. 2,26 (1790). China,’ -B. M: Six examples, of which two were in the Godman and Salvin collection; the species is easily recognizable by the second- aries on the under surface being almost wholly yellow, combined with very small scarlet submarginal spots, bordered externally by a yellow edging, which separates them from the black of the outer border. 12. Delias Rosenbergii. Pieris Rosenbergr, V ollenhoyen, Mon. Pier. p. 11, pl. ii. fig. 6 (1865), Delius chrysoleuca, Mitis, Iris, vi. p. 138 (1893). Macassar. ‘Three specimens. B, M. One example from the Godman and Salvin collection. 148 Dr. A. G. Butler on the Var. Delias Lorquinti. Var. Delias Lorquinti, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. p. 159, pl. xxiv. figs. 9, 10 (1865). Delias catamelas, Staudinger, Iris, iv. p. 77 (1891). Menado. Four examples. B. M. Also four specimens in Hewitson’s collection. Three of the examples of this variety or local race are from the Godman and Salvin collection ; it chiefly differs from typical D. Rosenbergit in the black suffusion towards base of secondaries on the under surface, and was figured by Vollen- hoven (pl. iii. fig. 1) as the female of that species; and he mentions both as coming from Macassar. The following may be a further development of the same species, the colour of the secondaries being variable. 13. Delias Mitisi. Delias Mitisi, Stavdinger, Ivis, vii. p. 352 (1894). Sula Islands. Differs in having the basal half of secondaries below black, without yellow basal patch; the discal area white, only tinted with yellow at inner margin; submarginal scarlet spots larger. 14. Delias melusina. Delias melusina, Staudinger, Ivis, iv. p. 76 (1891), i. pl. ili. fig. 5. Celebes. Seems nearly allied to D. zebuda, but with very melanic upper surface and yellow subapical spots on under surface of primaries. 15. Delias zebuda. Pieris zebuda, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. 11, Pier. pl. vii. figs. 49, 50 (1862). Menado and Ternate. Six examples. 3B. M. Four of the specimens from the Godman and Salvin collec- tion. Inthe Hewitson collection there are four more specimens from Menado and Tondano. 16. Delias Descombest. Pieris Descombesi, Boisduyal, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 465 (1836). Darjiling, Nepal, Assam, Silhet, Moulmein, Toungoo, Tilin Yaw, Poungudaw, Pegu. B. M. Twenty-eight examples, thirteen of which are from the Godman and Salvin collection. This species varies very little, Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Delias. 149 excepting in the ground-colour of the secondaries below, which, in the females, varies from buffish yellow to whitish. Five examples in the Hewitson collection. 17. Deltas oraia. Delias oraia, Doherty, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1x. p. 189 (1891); Grose Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot. ii. p. 10, Del. pl. ii. figs. 5, 6 (1893). Sumbawa Island (ex coll. G.& 8.). ¢ 2, B.M. A well-marked local representative of D. Descombesi, the female being very distinct in character. 18. Delias splendida. Delias splendida, Rothschild, Novit. Zool. i. p. 661 (1894); Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot. ii., Ded. pl. vi. figs. 4-6 (1895). Timor. A very fine and distinct species of the D. Descombest group. 19. Delias belisama. Papilio belisama, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. cclviii. A, B (1782). Var. Delias nakula, Grose Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot. Pier. i., Ded. pl. i. figs. 1-4 (1889). Var. Delias aurantia, Doherty, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. lx. p. 189 (1891). Delias belisar, Staudinger, Iris, iv. p. 78 (1891) ; Grose Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot. ii. p. 6, Ded. pl. ii. figs. 6, 7 (1893). Var. Delias vestalina, Staudinger (=nakula), Iris, iv. p. 79 (1891). Var. Delias erubescens, Staudinger, t. c. p. 80. Java. Twenty-six specimens. B. M. Six examples are in the Hewitson collection. Hight of the specimens in the general series are from the Godman and Salvin collection. Attempts have been made to show that the variations of this species are localized, but it is certain that Dr. Horsfield bred the typical form, D. nakula and D. aurantia, and there is no reason for supposing that he collected his larvee in different parts of the island. JD. belisar has been regarded as a variety identical with D. aurantia; it, however, differs in the greater width of the outer border of the secondaries in the male; the female does not differ: it is said to occur at Malang, and may possibly be a localized sport of the species. D. eru~ bescens is probably a rare aberration; we have a small female of a very deep rosy orange colonr (formerly in the Kaden collection). Intergrades occur between typical D. belisama and D. aurantia. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol, xx. it 150 Dr. A. G. Butler on the 20. Delias glauce. 3. Pieris glauce, Butler, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 451, pl. xxv. fig. 2. Borneo. Type, B. M. ; This species chiefly differs from the preceding in the absence of the subapical yellow markings from the under surface of the primaries. It is said to be common in Sumatra. 21. Delias inferna. Delias inferna, Butler, Lep. Exot. p. 68, pl. xxiv. fig. 6 (1871) ; Grose Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot., Del. pl. 11. figs. 3-6. Type N.W. Australia ; two males and two females, Cape York and Port Moresby. B. M. Twelve examples, of which ten are from the Godman and Salvin collection. Hewitson also possessed a pair which he mixed up with D. aruna. 22. Delias aruna. 3. Pieris aruna, Boisduval, Voy. de ’Astr., Lép, p. 48 (1832); Hewit- son, Exot. Butt. ii., Pier. pl. iii. figs. 20-22 (1861). ©. Pieris bajura, Boisduval, /. e. Two males and one female, Humboldt Bay; male, Bat- chian; male, Waigiou. B. M. From the Godman and Salvin collection ; there are also two males and a female in the Hewitson collection from Batchian and Waigiou. 23. Delias Honrathi. @. Delias Honrathi, Mitis, Iris, vi. p. 134, pl. iii. fig. 1 (1898). Ralum, New Pomerania. This may turn out to be only a dimorphic form of the female of D. madetes, from which it principally differs in the white instead of yellow ground-colour of the upper surface and in having most of the spots on the under surface of the primaries white. 24, Delias madetes. Pieris madetes, Godman & Salvin, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 733. Male and female, types (coll. G. & 8.) ; male and female, New Ireland. B. M. 25. Delias diaphana. Delias diaphana, Semper, Verh. Hamb. iii. p. 114 (1878): Reis. Phil. v.p 222, pl. xxxiv. figs. 3-6 (1890). . Mindanao and Davao. B, M. Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Delias. 151 Fourteen examples, of which twelve are from the Godman and Salvin collection. The three following species stand out distinct from all the other forms of the genus, but combine characters of those which precede and those which follow them in this arrange- ment of the genus. 26. Delias aganippe. Papilio aganippe, Donovan, Ins. New Holland, pl. xxix. (1805). Adelaide, Sydney, Moreton Bay, &c. 3B. M. Thirteen examples, of which seven are from the Godman and Salvin collection. Four other specimens in the Hewitson series. 27. Delias harpalyce. Papilio harpalyce, Donovan, Ins, New Holland, pl. xviii. fig. 1 (1805). Papilio Lewini, Thon, Entom. Arch. i. p. 38, pl. iii. fig. 10 (1828). Australia, Sydney. B. M. Nine examples, three of which are from the Godman and Salvin collection. Also three specimens in the Hewitson erles. 28. Delias nigrina. Papilio nigrina, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 475 (1775); Donovan, Ins. New Holl. pl. xix. fig. 1 (1805). Sydney, Moreton Bay, Richmond River. B. M. Ten specimens, four of which are from the Godman and Salvin collection. Four other specimens in Hewitson’s collection. 29. Delias funerea. Delias funerea, Rothschild, Novit. Zool. i. p. 662 (1894). Delias Plateni, Staudinger, Iris, vii. p. 855 (1894), Gilolo. In some respects this species resembles D. timorensis, but it is more nearly related to D. duris, from which it differs in the white under surface of primaries, with whitish subapical spots on a black area; the secondaries below are also quite black, with the scarlet markings more vivid than in D. duris. 30. Delias duris. Pieris duris, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. ii., Pier. pl. v. fig. 34 (1861), Ceram. ‘Type coll. Hewitson. Intermediate between the preceding species and D. ceneus. gi? 152 Dr. A. G. Butler on the 31. Delias ceeneus. Papilio ceneus, Linneeus, Mus. Lud. Uly. p. 271 (1764). Papilio plexaris, Donovan, Ins, New Holland, pl. xviii. fig. 2 (1805). Cathemia anthyparete, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 92 (1816). Pieris philyra, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 150 (1819). Amboina, Ceram. B. M. Nineteen examples, of which nine are from the Godman and Salvin collection. 32. Delias philotis. Thyca philotis, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soe. ser, 3, vol. iv. p. 357, pl. viii. fic. 4 (1867). Bourou. Types coll. Hewitson. Hewitson united this species to ). cwneus, from which it may be readily distinguished by the oblique inner edge of the blackish area of primaries on the underside, leaving a large white patch from median vein to inner margin. 33. Delias argenthona. Papilio argenthona, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 200 (1793). ©. Pieris protocharis, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 457 (1836). Queensland, Port Denison, Richmond River, Moreton Bay. B. M. Fourteen examples, eight of which are from the Godman and Salvin collection. ‘The Hewitson collection contains six specimens. The specimen figured by me as Delias fragalactea (Lep. Exot. pl. xxiv. fig. 7) is only a small example of this species ; the white spot at end of discoidal cell in primaries on the under surface is frequently confluent with the white of the ground-colour in this species, and therefore cannot be regarded as one of the distinguishing characters of D. fraga- lactea. 34. Delias fragalactea. Thyca fragalactea, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. iv. p. 243 (1869), but not of Lep. Exot. N. Australia. Two examples. Type B. M. It is possible that this may eventually be linked to D. ar- genthona; but the greater depth of the pale basal area on the under surface of the secondaries, which encloses the red spot and extends to the end of the cell, as also the heavier black bordering of these wings on the upper surface, readily distin- guish it at present from that species. Apparently the hind wings are comparatively longer than in D. argenthona, there Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Delias. 153 being little, if any, difference in the width of the black area preceding the scarlet spots ; but this is due to the latter being less elongated than usual. 35. Delias peribea. Prerts peribea, Godart, Enc, Méth. ix. p. 154 (1819). Delias Wallacez, Rothschild, Ivis, v. p. 441, pl. v. fig. 2 (1892). Three female examples. Java, from Godman and Salvin collection. The absence of the scarlet spot at the end of the cell, upon which Mr. Rothschild relied, proves to be an unstable cha- racter; indeed, it is not really scarlet, but orange in the female, and in one of our specimens it is indistinct. 36. Delias Schénbergt. Delias Schinbergi, Rothschild, Novit. Zool. ii. p. 161, pl. viii. figs. 6, 7 (1895). Bougainville Island, Solomon group. This is one of the handsomest species of the D. argenthona group. 37. Delias sambawana. Delias sambawana, Rothschild, Novit. Zool. i. p. 662 (1894); Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot. ii., Del. pl. vi. figs. 2, 8 (1895). Sambawa Island. Three specimens, from the Godman and Salvin collection. 38. Delias fasciata. Delias fasciata, Rothschild, Novit. Zool. i. p. 662 (1894); 2, Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot. ii., Del. pl. vi. tig. 1 (1899). Sumba. The submarginal spots on the under surface are yellow splashed with red. 39. Delias sthenobea. Pieris sthenobea, Boisduval, Sp. Gén, Lép. 1. p. 466 (1836). Moluccas. Said to resemble D. Descombesii, but with the wings paler and no red patch at base of secondaries on the under surface ; the submarginal spots are yellow. 40, Delias Dohertyt. Delias Dohertyi, Rothschild, Novit. Zool. i. p. 661 (1894); Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot. ii., Ded. pl. vi. figs. 7, 8 (1895). ‘Timor. 154 Dr. A. G. Butler on the It isa curiols thing that in the same year when the above was described M. Oberthiir described a Pierts Dohertyt from — New Guinea. The latter, however, appears to me to be allied to P. ornytion of Godman and Salvin, in which case it is not a Delias (although P. ornytion has erroneously been referred to this genus by von Mitis). A1. Delias bagoe. Pieris bagoe, Boisduval, Voy. de VAstr., Lép. p. 49 (1882). Pieris eurygania, Godman & Salvin, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 734. New Ireland. Seven examples. 3B. M. Five of the specimens, including the types of P. eurygania, are from the Godman and Salvin collection. 42, Delias Salvint. Delias Salvini, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. ix. p. 163 (1882). New Britain. Type, B. M. 43. Delias echo. Thyca echo, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soe. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 358, pl. viil. fig. 3 (1867). Bourou. ‘Types, coll. Hewitson. Allied to the following, but very distinct. 44, Delias isse. Papilio isse, Cramer, Pap. Exot.i. pl. lv. E, F (1779). Amboina and Ceram. Sixteen examples. 5B. M. Ten of the specimens are from the Godman and Salvin col- lection. The Hewitson series consists of four specimens. 45. Delias Ribbei. Deltas Ribber, Rober, Iris, i. p, 46, pl. ii. figs. 3, 4 (1886). Aru Islands. } Also allied to D. Zsse. 46. Delias candida. 3» Pieris candida, Vollenhoven, Mon. Pier. p. 11, pl. iii. fig. 2 (1865), Q. Pieris herodias, Vollenhoven, /. c. Batchian, four specimens from Godman and Salvin collec- tion. Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Delias. 155 47. Delias chrysomelena. Pieris chrysomelena, Vollenhoyen, Tijd. Ent. ser. 2, vol. i. p. 57, pl. i. figs. 1, 2 (1866). Batchian, three specimens from Godman and Salvin collec- tion. The female above resembles that of D. candida. 48. Delias echidna. Pieris echidna, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. ii., Pier. pl. v. figs. 35, 36 (1861). Ceram. ‘Type, coll. Hewitson. 49, Delias dorylea. Q. Preris dorylea, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. ii. p. 182 (1865); P Mitis, Iris, vi. pl. iii. fig. 2. 3. Thyca hippodamia, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soe. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 359, pl. viii. fig. 1 (1867). Aru. 6, Wallace’s type, coll. Hewitson. 50. Delias dorimene. Papilio dorimene, Cramer, Pap, Exot. iv. pl. ecclxxxvii. C, D (1782). Papilio fuliginosus, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. i. 5, p. 2261 (1788-91). Pieris ayeleis, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 147 (1819). Amboina and Ceram. Fourteen examples. B. M. Hight of the specimens are from the Godman and Salvin collection ; there are also four others in the Hewitson collection. 51. Delias altivaga. Delias altivaga, Frihstorfer, Ent. Nachr. xix. p. 333 (1893); Steit. ent. Zeit. lv. p. 121, pl. iv. fig. 8 (1894). Java. Nearly allied to D. geraldina and D. gabia. 52. Delias geraldina. Delias geraldina, Grose Smith, Novit. Zool. i. p. 585 (1894); Rhop. Exot. ii., Del. pl. v. figs. 1-3 (1895). New Guinea. 53. Delias gabia. 3. Pieris gabia, Boisduval, Voy. de l’Astr., Lép. p. 49 (1882). New Guinea. Male, B. M. 156 Dr. A. G. Butler on the 54. Delias Kuhni. Delias Kuhni, Honrath, Berl. ent. Zeit. p. 295, pl. vi. fig. 2 (1886). Var. Delias sulana, Staudinger, Iris, vii. p. 854 (1894). Male, Bangkai, Celebes, from Godman and Salvin collection. Near to D. themis; primaries below black ; secondaries with about three bright yellow submarginal spots. 55. Delias themis. Pieris themis, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. ii., Pier. pl. v. figs. 31, 32 (1861). S.E. Mindanao, Philippines. Two pairs. B. M. Three of the specimens are from the Godman and Salvin collection. 56. Delias singhapura. Thyca singhapura, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 5, vol. iv. p. 353, pl. vii. fig. 2 (1867). Sandakan, Labuan, Sarawak. Four males. B. M. Two of the specimens are from the Godman and Salvin collection. In Hewitson’s collection there are three males and a female (including Wallace’s types). 57. Delias agoranis. Delias agoranis, Grose Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser, 5, vol. xx. p- 266 (1887) ; Rhop. Exot., Del. pl. 1. figs. 7, 8. Mergui. Three males. B. M. 58. Deltas cathara. Delias cathara, Grose Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xii. p. 34 (1893) ; Rhop. Exot. ii., Del. pl. v. figs. 7, 8 (1895). Kina Balu, N. Borneo. Allied to D. singhapura and to the following species. 59. Delias baracasa. Delias baracasa, Semper, Reis. Phil. ii. v. p. 230, pl. xxxiv. fig. 2 (1890). S.E. Mindanao. Von Mitis says that this “is most certainly nothing more than an aberration of J. mindanaénsis, in which the whole of the marginal spots on the under surface of the hind wings have become white.” If this is correct, D. cathara must be a parallel form of D. hyparete; but, to my mind, there is no certainty in the matter. Both insects are considerably smaller than the red-spotted species, and fall naturally into the D. singhapura group. Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Delias. 157 60. Delias danala.° Delias danala, De Nicéville, Journ. Bom. Soe. viii. p. 51, pl. 1. fig. 9 (1893). : Delias karo, Hagen, Lis, vii. p. 33, pl. 1. fig. 4 (1894). Sumatra. Allied to D. baracasa and distantly related to D. agostina. 61. Deltas enniana. g. Pieris enniana, Oberthiir, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, xv. p. 481, pl. iv. fig. 8 (1879-80). . Thyca ennia, part., Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 396, pl. vii. fig. 4, Q (1867). y Delias dorothea 2, Mitis, Iris, vi. p. 146, pl. iii. fig. 4 (1893). Male, Waigiou, from Godman and Salvin collection. Wallace’s type of the female is in the Hewitson collection. 62. Delias dice. 2. Pieris dice, Vollenhoven, Mon. Pier. p. 39, pl. iv. fig. 7 (1865). New Guinea. Allied to the preceding species. 63. Delias nigidius. 2. Delias nigidius, Miskin, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p.93; Grose Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot. ii. p. 9, Del. pl. iii. figs. 3, 4 (1893). 3. Pieris jobiana, Oberthur, Etudes d’Ent. xix. p. 7, pl. ii. fig. 6 (1894). Port Moresby. Three males from the Godman and Salvin collection. 64. Delias ennia. 3. Thyca ennia, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 355, pl. vil. fig. 4, § (1867). . Delias dorothea 3, Mitis, Iris, vi. p. 146, pl. iii. fig. 3 (1893). Waigiou. ‘Type in coll. Hewitson. 65. Delias georgiana. Delias georgiana, Grose Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xv. p. 228 (1895). Two males and two females, New Britain. Five examples from the Godman and Salvin collection. This must not be confounded with D. georgina of Felder, to which it is in no respect nearly related. 158 Dr. A. G. Butler on the 66. Deltas vishnu. 3. Pieris vishnu, Moore, Cat. Lep. EH. I. Comp. i. p. 83, pl. 2 a, fig. 6 (1857). Male, Java. ‘Type, B. M. Also a very large male and ordinary female, said to be from Timor, in the Hewitson collection. 67. Delias timorensis. 3. Pieris timorensis, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i, p. 469 (1836); Butler, P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 368, pl. xxxviil. fig. 6. Two males, Larat, ‘Timor-laut, and Tenimber. B. M. The Tenimber specimens are from the Godman and Salvin collection. 68. Deltas aruensis. Delias aruensis, Mitis, Iris, vi. p. 110 (1895). Thyca bagoe, Wallace (not Boisd.), Trans. Ent, Soc. Lond. iii. vol. iv. p. 355, pl. vii. figs. 3, 38 @ (1867). Male and female, Aru. Types in coll. Hewitson. 69. Delias pecilea. Pieris pecilea, Vollenhoven, Mon. Pier. p. 13, pl. ili. fig. 3 (1865). Batchian. Three males, from Godman and Salvin collec- tion. 70. Deltas sacha. : Delias sacha, Grose Smith, Novit. Zool. ii. p. 75 (1895). Obi Island. Possibly more nearly allied to D. candida, but I have not seen the species. 71. Delias euphemia. ‘ Delias euphemia, Grose Smith, Novit. Zool. i. p. 384, pl. xii. figs. 1, (1894). Biak, N.E. New Guinea. Allied to D. lara and D. mysis. 72. Delias mysis. Papilio mysts, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 475 (1775) ; Donovan, Ins. New Holl. pl. xxi. fig. 1 (1805). Queensland, Rockingham Bay, Cape Bowen. Hight examples. B. M. One male is from the Godman and Salvin collection. In the Hewitson collection there are two others. RR ee Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Delias. 159 73. Delias estiva, sp. n.? Possibly only a dry-season form of the preceding, but little or nothing appears to be known regarding the seasonal changes in this genus: it differs from J). mysis in its gene- rally inferior size, narrower black apical border of primaries continued as a slender line to the external angle; the yellow on the under surface of the secondaries is brighter, more restricted, and more sharply defined, and the scarlet stripe is considerably narrower, more as in /). timorensis. Expanse of wings, ¢ 60-70, 2 60 millim. Port Darwin and Port Essington. Fiveexamples. 3B. M. One male was in the Godman and Salvin collection. 74. Delias cruentata. Pieris cruentata, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 455, pl. xxvi. fig. 2. Male (type), Mysol; male, Waigiou (coll. G. & S.). B. M. 75. Delias lara. Pieris lara, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 461 (1836). Var. Delias intermedia, Mitis, Iris, vi. p. 149 (1893). Two males and one female, Port Moresby; male, var. n- termedia, Port Moresby. B. M. Seven specimens, all from the Godman and Salvin collec- tion. lam inclined to think that D. ¢ntermedia will prove to be the dry-season form of this species and D. cruentata a nearly allied species ; on the other hand, the latter may prove to be the dry-season form and J). ¢ntermedia a form occurring at the change of the seasons. At present, however, we have no data to go upon. 76. Delias agostina. Pieris agostina, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. i., Pier. pl. i. figs. 1, 2 (1852). Darjiling, Nepal, Assam, East Pegu. Eighteen examples. B. M. Thirteen of the specimens are from the Godman and Salvin collection. In the Hewitson collection are seven other specimens. The following species is so remarkably variable that it has been split up ito numerous named forms. In my opinion the Indian and Chinese forms represent modifications of one widely distributed species, the Indian variations ranging from almost white to almost black, the Chinese varying less 160 Dr. A. G. Butler on the in ground-colour but with the markings more or less run together into streaks. The 1). Horsfieldii form occurs both in India and China, as also does typical D. belladonna. The more or less development of yellow patches on the upper surface of the secondaries is certainly an unreliable character and not of specific value; otherwise both D. tthiela and D. patrua would have claims to separation. I shall consider this species under its varieties. 77. Delias belladonna. Papilio belladonna, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 180 (1793) ; Donovan, Nat. Rep. i. pl. xxxv. (1828). Var. Pieris Horsfieldii, Gray, Zool. Miscell. p. 32 (1831); Herrich- Schifter, Ausl. Schmett. figs. 15, 14 (1850). Var. Pieris sanaca, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. Comp. 1. p. 79 (1857) ; P. Z, S. 1857, p. 103, pl. xliv. fig. 4. Pieris chrysorrhea, Vollenhoven, Mon. Pier. p. 6, pl. ii. fig. 4 (1865). Var. Thyca ithiela, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. iv. p. 242 (1869); Lep. Exot. p. 62, pl. xxiv. fig. 1 (1871). Var. Thyca berinda, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1872, p. 566; Waterhouse, Aid, i. pl. xii. (1881). Var. Delias flavalba, Marshall, P. Z. 8. 1882, p. 759. Var. Delias Boylei, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xv. . 58 (1885). Var. Delias Hearsay?, Butler, 1. e. Var. Delias patrua, Leech, Entom. xxii. p. 46 (1890); Butt. China, pl. xxxvii. figs. 1, 2 (1893). Var. Delias lativitta, Leech, Butt. China, pl. xxxv. fig. 1 (1893). Var. Delias adelma, Mitis, Iris, vi. p. 180; Leech, ¢. c. pl. xxxvii. , figs. 5, 6 (1893). Var. Delias subnubila, Leech, 7. ec. figs. 7, 8 (1895). Var. Delias zelima, Mitis, Iris, vi. p. 151 (1893). Var. Delias surya, Mitis, t. c. p. 182 (1893). Var. Delias amarantha, Mitis, ¢. c. p. 133, pl. ii. fig. 3 (1893). Sixty-six specimens in B. M. and coll. Hewitson as follows :— ? Var. 1. D. flavalba. Darjiling. Three in B. M. Three (not labelled) in coll. Hewitson. Two of our specimens from the Godman and Salvin collection. One of Hewitson’s examples is almost wholly white above, the white spots running completely together almost to the outer border, and therefore more aberrant than in the following :— Var. 2. D. lativitta. Ta-chien-lu, Moupin, Bernardmyo in Burma (Leech). Not in the Museum series at present. Pee ry te * ah ae se Vic 2 pty’. Pees Vf ee! Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Delias. 161 Var. 8. D. sanaca=chrysorrhea. Six specimens, including the type, in B. M. from Darjiling and Kulu, one of which is from the Godman and Salvin col- lection ; also two without locality in coll. Hewitson. Var. 4. D. Hearsay?. Four specimens, Kulu, Landoor; type, Barrackpore, in B. M. ‘Two of these from the Godman and Salvin collec- tion. The type has the basal spot orange, doubtless from discoloration. Var. 5. D. Boylei=amarantha. Four specimens: male (type), Darjiling; two males and one female, Sikhim. The type of this species differs a little from the others, the whitish spots being less defined and streaky, the basal spot red instead of yellow, the anal patch dull saffron-yellow ; the figure by von Mitis is very like it, but is from a slightly less discoloured example. Var. 6. D. subnubila. Moupin, Huang-mu-chang, and Pu-tsu-fong, Western China (Leech). Var. 7. D. belladonna (typical). Male, N.W. Himalayas; female, “ Ind. orient.” One pair only. B. M. The female is an old and somewhat discoloured specimen, the yellow patches having become faded and reddish; it, however, agrees well in pattern with Donovan’s figure. I believe the female figured by Leech (pl. xxxvii. fig. 4) should be referred to this variety, but the male (fig. 3) to D. Hors- fieldii, Wowever, it is of no great consequence, as all these forms grade into one another in a hopelessly inconsiderate manner. Var. 8. D. Horsfieldii,=surya and zelima. Thirteen examples varying in size, elongation of wing, and size of discal spots in secondaries; also five intergrades between this variety and the next. Kali valley, N. W. India ; Kulu, Darjiling, Bhutan, Nepal, and Burma. Of the eighteen examples, twelve were received from Messrs. Godman and Salvin, including all the connecting links between typical D, Horsfieldii and D. tthiela. 162 Dr. A. G. Butler on the Var. 9. D. tthiela 8,=D. berinda 9. Nineteen specimens from Darjiling (including the type), from the Khasia and Naga Hills and Assam ; thirteen of these were received from Messrs. Godman and Salvin. Also one example in the Hewitson collection. D. berinda agrees with our solitary female. Var. 10. D. adelma. Chang-Yang, Central China (Leech). This form is even blacker than D. cthiela, the white discal spots being replaced by grey streaks; the yellow at anal angle and on abdominal area of secondaries has, however, reappeared, Var. 11. D. patrua. Chang-Yang, Central China (Leech). Only differs from the preceding variety in the reduction of the yellow patch at base of secondaries above and of all the yellow markings below. It was most inconsistent on the part of my excellent friend Mr. Leech to regard it as a distinct species, and one of these days he will doubtless admit as much. It may be supposed that my present action is also inconsistent with that formerly taken by me; but this is not so. I have always followed the plan of regarding differently marked types, especially if they did not agree in form and had been received from different localities, as distinct species ; but whenever I have obtained series of intergrades which proved their identity, I have at once admitted the impossi- bility of keeping them separate. A very small difference in pattern may be of specific value, but a mere variation in the size of spots between two specimens taken in the same locality is most unlikely to be of importance. 78. Delias aglaia. Papilio aglaia, Linnezeus, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 465 (1758). Papilio pasithoe, Linnzeus, Syst. Nat. ed. xii. p. 755 (1767) ; Donovan, Ins. China, pl. xxx. fig. 2 (1799). Papilio dione, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent. ii. pl. viii. figs. 3, 4 (1773), Papilio porsenna, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. xliii. D, E (1776). Darjiling, Assam, Silhet, Nepal, Tenasserim, Burma, China. Thirty-four examples. B. M. Fifteen of the specimens were received from Messrs. God- man and Salvin; there are also four others in the Hewitson collection. This species varies a good deal as regards the amount of creamy yellow on the upper surface of the Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Delias. 163 secondaries ; in some examples from Burma it almost fills the area included between the first and second median branches, leaving only four diffused spots between it and the costa; in others it is limited by the first median branch, leaving five diffused spots ; but all kinds of links between the two types also occur. 79. Delias parthenope. Thyca parthenope, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 347 (1867). Thyca ninus, Wallace, J. ¢. pl. vii. fig. 1. lephant Island, Malacca, Borneo. B.M. Sumatra (G. & §. coll.). The type from Malacca is in the Hewitson collection mixed with the preceding species. 80. Delias pandecta. Delias pandecta, Staudinger, Iris, 1889, p. 2 Two males and one female, Palawan, Four examples (Godman and Salvin coll.). We have a female from Nias which resembles this species in colouring, but differs above in having the greyish-white macular belt on the upper surface of the primaries across the end of the cell, so that it touches the white spot. This may possibly be nearer to LD. aglaia, but without the male it is impossible to decide. 81. Delias pandemia. Thyca pandemia, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soe, ser. 3, vol.iv. p. 846, pl. vi. fies. 4,4 a (1869). Palawan, Labuan, and Sarawak. B. M. Fourteen examples, of which twelve are from the Godman and Salvin collection. Wallace’s type is in the Hewitson collection. 82. Delias henningia. Pontia henningia, Eschscholtz, Kotzeb. Reise, iii. p. 214, pl. ix. figs. 20 a, b (1821). Var. Thyca lucerna, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. iv. p- 243 (1869); Lep. Exot. p. 62, pl. xxiv. figs. 2, 5 (1871). Var. Thyca ochreopicta, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. iv. p. 244 (1869); Lep. Exot. p. 63, pl. xxiv. figs. 3 (2 ),4(¢) (1871) *. Twenty-six examples, of which fifteen are from the Godman and Salvin collection. They separate into the following forms :— * T transposed the sexes of the two variations of this species. 164 Dr. A. G. Butler on the 1. D. ochreopicta. Six examples. Luzon and Mindanao. (Three, G. & S, coll.) 2. D. ochreopicta, var. Eight examples. Mindoro, Guimaras, Luzon. (Seven, G. & S. coll.) In some respects much nearer to D. lucerna and henningia. 3. D. henningia. Nine examples. ‘‘China,” Mindoro, Manilla, Luzon. (Three, G. & §. coll.) Barely distinct from the following. 4, D. lucerna. Three examples. Philippines; no special locality noted. (Two, G. & S. coll.) Chiefly differs from the preceding variety in the greater expanse of deep yellow on the secondaries. Of the above forms 1). ochreopicta is the best marked, inasmuch as it nearly approaches J). pandemia in both sexes, chiefly differing from it in the broad grey-and-white belt across the primaries. Hewitson’s collection contains a male of var. 1, a pair of var. 3, and a female of var. 4. 83. Delias ottonia. Delias ottonia, Semper, Reis. Phil. ii. v. p, 285, pl. xxxiv. figs. 7-9 (1890). Davao and Mindanao (¢ 92, coll. G. & 8.; ¢, B. M.). 84. Delias egialea. Papilio egialea, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. clxxxix. D, E (1779). Delias tyche and apriata, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 91 (1816). Hight examples. Java (two from G. & S. coll.). B.M. Two females in the Hewitson collection. 85. Delias crithoe. Pieris crithoe, Boisduval, Guérin & Percheron, Gen. Ins. (1835) ; Vollenhoven, Mon. Pier. p. 7 (1865). Java. One female, G. & S. coll.; three males, B, M. A pair also in the Hewitson collection, Prerine Butterflies of the Genus Delias. 165 86. Delias bromo. 3. Delias bromo, Friihstorfer, Ent. Nachr. xix. p. 335 (1893). Q. Delias dymas, De Nicéville, Journ. A. S. Beng. lxiii. pl. v. fig. 7 p. 44 (1894). Java. ¢,B.M. 87. Delias tobahana. 2. Delias tobahana, Rogenhofer, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xlii. p- 071 (1892). 3. Delias derceto, De Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Soc. viii. p. 51, pl. 1. fig. 4 (1893). Sumatra. Not in the Museum series. 88. Delias parthenia. Delias parthenia, Staudinger, Iris, v. p. 449 (1892). Male, Kina Balu. B. M. 89. Deltas ninus. Thyca ninus, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 347 (1867). Thyca parthenope, Wallace, /. c. pl. vi. figs. 5, 5 a (1867), Penang. Two males. B. M. The type (from Malacca) is in the Hewitson collection. 90. Delias pyramus. Thyca pyramus, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 347 (1867). Pieris thisbe, Gray, Lep. Ins. Nep. pl. vii. fig. 1 (1846). Var. Delias scandha, Doherty, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. vol. lv. 2, p. 262 (1886). Darjiling, Nepal, Bhutan, Hast Pegu. Fourteen examples. i, MM. Nine of the specimens are from the Godman and Salvin collection. The Hewitson collection contains five others. 91. Delias thysbe. Q. Papilio thysbe, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ili. pl. eexxxili, C (1782). Pieris acalis, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 148 (1819). China. This species appears chiefly to differ from the female of D. pyramus in the grey colouring and heavy black border of the secondaries. [ have never seen the species, and Mr. Leech’s work on the butterflies of China does not include any of the species of Delias excepting D. belladonna and its varieties. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xx. 12 166 On the Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Delias. 92. Delias blanca. Pieris blanca, Felder, Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 284 (1862); Reise der Nov., Lep. ii. p. 160, pl. xxiv. figs. 6, 7 (1865). Luzon. 93. Delias orphne. Thyca orphne, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 861, pl. vill. fig. 2 (1867). Malacca. Two examples, including the type in coll. Hewitson. 94. Delias georgina. Pieris georgina, Felder, Wien. ent. Mon. v. p. 298 (1861); Reise der Nov, Lep. ii. p. 160, pl. xxiv. figs. 4, 5 (1865). Luzon. 95. Delias cinerascens. Delias cinerascens, Mitis, Iris, vi. p. 126, pl. ii. fig. 2, 2 (1893). Kina Balu. 96. Delias simanabum. Delias simanabum, Hagen, Tris, vii. p. 34, pl. i. fig. 3 (1894). Sumatra. 97. Delias momea. Pieris momea, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 477 (1836). Delias Hagent, Rogenhofer, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xlii. p, 572 (1892). Delias datames, De Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Soe. viii. p. 53, pl. 1. fig. 8 (1893). DaVAe, Gu ldo ls A female example is in the Hewitson collection. Occurs also in Sumatra; but I fail to understand why de Nicéville considers D). simanabum to be the same species. It appears to me to be widely distinct, not even belonging to the same group of species. 98. Deltas nysa. Papilio nysa, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 473 (1775). ®. Papilio endora, Donovan, Ins. New Holl. pl. xx. fig. 2 (1805). Moreton Bay, Sydney, Queensland. Twelve examples. B. M. Five specimens are from the Godman and Salvin collection. The Hewitson collection also contains five specimens. The following species may or may not belong to this genus: I have never seen a specimen :— Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory. 167 99. Delias? d’ Albertisi. 3. Pieris d Albertisi, Oberthiir, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, xv. p- 480, pl. iv. fig. 4 (1879-80). 2. Delias discus, Honrath, Berl. ent. Zeit. xxx. p. 130, pl. iv. fig. 4 (1882), New Guinea. A curiously coloured species, vaguely resembling Tenaris and Dyctis. Since the completion of this Revision Mr. Grose Smith has described three additional species in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. for April, 1897, p. 403. XIV.—Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. e-Ne. XVIII. By Prof. M‘Inrosa, M.D.,. LL.D., HRD. [Plate III.] 1, On the Phosphorescence of Gattyana (Nychia) cirrosa, Pallas. 2. On a new Lvarne (£. atlantica) from Rockall. 3. On the British Species of Pholoé. 4, On a Collection of Annelids made by Canon Norman in Norway. —Part I. New Kvarne and Two Species of Sthenelais. 1. On the Phosphorescence of Gattyana (Nychia) cirrosa, Pallas. The alteration of the generic name of this not uncommon species, as Dr. Merle Norman has shown in a carefully prepared manuscript on the subject, which I have had the privilege of perusing, is necessary, since the name Nychia, given to it by Malmgren in 1865, had already been used by Stal for one of the Hemiptera. G. cirrosa has long been knownas a commensalistic Polynoid in the tubes of Chetopterus. Hitherto, however, the specimens of this annelid on the Kast Coast have chiefly been procured after storms or from deep water. Lately they have been frequently found as commensalistic forms in the tubes of Amphitrite debilis, Dalyell (Johnstoni, Mgrn.), and of compa- ratively large size. The fact that such species as Polynoé scolopendrina, habitually found in the tubes of Teredelle, are phosphorescent suggested experiment in the present instance, with the result that G. cirrosa was also found to possess this property. Irritation in the dark causes the scales to gleam 12* 168 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the with a pale yellowish light, often extremely faint, and thus in contrast with Harmothoé imbricata and Polynoé scolo- pendrina, in which the phosphorescence is more vivid. Asa rule Gattyana occupies a position close to the mouth of the long tube of the Amphitrite beneath large stones near low- water mark, so that it is well protected from marauders, even supposing they were attracted by its light. In the same way its opportunities for alluring other animals are curtailed; so that the remarks formerly made in this connexion still hold. 2. On a new Evarne (E. atlantica) from Rockall. A fragment of about fifteen segments of the anterior end was dredged at Station III. A by the Royal Irish Academy’s expedition on 15th June, 1896. The head resembles that of 2. zmpar, Johnst., in general outline, but differs in having somewhat smaller eyes. The tentacles and palpi also are similar, though the cilia on the former and the minute papilla on the latter are less bold. The cirri generally are a little more slender. The body is thicker and more massive than in &. impar of the same size, and both dorsally and ventrally in the preparation has a pinkish skin-colour. The arrangement of the bristles at the side of the body is more trim. No nephridial papilla is observable, though the eminence: is distinct. In this respect it agrees with H. zmpar of the same size, in which the papilla only becomes noticeable about the twelfth bristled foot. In large examples it is evident on the seventh bristled foot. The first foot (bearing the tentacular cirri) has a few short bristles conforming to the dorsal type, though with somewhat closer rows of spines. In the second foot the dorsal bristles are longer and less curved than in #. ¢mpar, and while there may be room for doubt concerning the proportionate distances of the spinous rows, there can be none about the length of the smooth portion at the tip, which is diagnostic of this form and also of Hvarne Normant. ‘The present species differs from the latter again in the more tapering extremities of these bristles and in the closer rows of spines (cf figs. 11 and 13, Pl. II1.). The spinous tips of the ventral series are some- what longer than in #. impar, and in this respect approach E. Normani. In the typical foot the lower lobe is more pointed and the ventral cirrus longer than in #. ¢mpar, so that it projects as far as the tip of the foot. The translucent dorsal bristles (Pl. Ill. fig. 11) are considerably longer and less curved Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 169 than in the typical species and their rows of spines much closer, and the latter character also distinguishes them from #. Normant. ‘The ventral bristles (Pl. III. fig. 12) approach those of the latter species more closely than those of Evarne Johnston?, being somewhat shorter than those of E. Normani, which, again, have stronger tips than those of LE. Johnstont. No scales are present. In all probability they approach those of £. Normant. By the lengthening of the tips of the ventral bristles and their general slenderness this species and 4. Johnstoni come near Antinoé and allied forms. 3. On the British Species of Pholoé. To judge from the literature at present available, three species of Pholoé seem to be found in Britain, viz. P. minuta, Fabr., P. énornata, and P. eximia, G. Johnston. As indi- cated for many years, however, it would appear that the two latter merit only the position of varieties of the former. In the typical British example the head is somewhat rounded and bears a subulate median tentacle with a few papillz on its surface. Two (connate) eyes occur on each side, the anterior being the larger. Two short tentacular cirri, also with minute papillae on the surface, are placed laterally. Two prominent papilla project behind the eyes and sometimes overlap them. ‘The palpi are rather massive tapering organs with a smooth surface. The body is small, composed of 45 to 70 segments, and reaching about 2 inch in length as a maximum *. Posteriorly are two slender caudal styles. It is more tapering posteriorly than anteriorly in small specimens. ‘The dorsum is slightly convex, the ventral surface flattened, with a median groove in the preparations. In life the dorsum is of a pale pinkish colour, grained with brownish on some of the scales. A reddish mark occurs in front with a dark greyish patch behind. As Dr. Johnston observes, some are of a yellowish-brown colour, dusky along the sides. ‘The scales are ovate or reniform, with a series of cilia having moniliform tips along the outer border, and more sparsely along the posterior edge, while the tissue, especially at the inner region, is areolated. ‘The dorsal lobe of the foot forms a prominent process, with a convex margin externally for the dense tuft of bristles, which are slender, tapering, and spinous. Ventral lobe an oblique cone, with numerous * De Quatrefages mentions one of 68 segments and 45 pairs of scales. 170 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the papille over the surface. The stout shafts of the bristles have numerous spikes on the distal convexity. The terminal piece is short and falcate and the edge is spinous. The ventral cirrus is short and tapering. The proboscis forms a short muscular organ, with teeth, as in the Sigalionidx, biting to the left, and nine short but distinct papillee along each arch. Moreover, in extrusion two papilla are situated just behind the lateral furrow separating the dorsal and ventral arches. A median and two lateral elevations are also present in the basal region dorsally. Thus far there are few divergencies; but when we come to the condition of the scales in the several races, such variations occur as have been thought worthy of specific distinction by several authors. Yet the gradations from the Arctic to the southern form appear to be of such a nature that it is deemed prudent to adhere to the decision already mentioned, viz. to make only one species. In the variety cnornata of Dr. George Johnston the first pair of scales are somewhat rounded, as if an isosceles triangle had its corners smoothly removed. The scar for the elytro- phore is situated nearer the posterior than the anterior border. The latter has numerous short clavate cilia along its edge to the number of about 15, while the posterior margin has about 9 larger cilia, somewhat moniliform in outline—from constric- tions. The surface of the scale anteriorly has also a row of cilia running within those on the border, and, besides, a few are scattered over the area in front of the scar. All the cilia have traces of palpocils at the tip. Only the inner border of the scale is thus smooth. In contrast with the first scale of the typical Pholoé minuta, Fabr., from Greenland, the foregoing has fewer cilia. ‘Thus there are upwards of 40 along the anterior border of the Arctic form and 12 proportionally shorter cilia than in the var. ¢nornata along the posterior edge. Moreover, these organs are more numerous on the surface in front of the sear. The shape in the second pair in var. ¢nornata becomes transversely elongated, with an anterior incurvation. ‘The moniliform cilia along the posterior edge are more numerous, while the smaller cilia on the outer edge are fewer, and the same may be said of those on the surface. The succeeding scales are irregularly rounded and have a somewhat straight external border, which has moniliform cilia, while those along the posterior border are few and widely separated. ‘The scale is areolated, especially towards its inner border, which, along with the anterior edge, is smooth. In comparing the large broad anterior scales with those Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 171 from Greenland and Canada (P. minuta, Fabr.), compara- tively little difference is observed, both having from 18 to 23 moniliform cilia externally. The posterior scales in var. ¢nornata become still more elongated transversely, have only about 6 of the larger moniliform cilia on the abbreviated external border as well as the posterior edge. On the whole, therefore, the study of the scales supports the view that P. ménuta, Fabr., and Dr. Johnston’s P. énornata are the same species. In the variety ewimia of Dr. Johnston the first pair of scales are similar in shape to the foregoing, though from the smaller size of the examples they are considerably less. The outer border has a series of longer cilia, fewer in number, but similar in structure. They encroach somewhat on the ante- rior border, or, rather, a few of the isolated cilia scattered over the surface project beyond the edge. None of the smaller clavate cilia so characteristic of the two foregoing varieties are present on this edge. The large isolated cilia occur both externally and posteriorly to the scar for the elytrophore. ‘The second pair of scales are distinguished by the greater length of the cilia on the outer border. A few also occur along the posterior edge. The succeeding scales of the anterior third do not differ much in shape from those of P. mznuta, but the cilia are much longer and stand stiffly out on the external margin and the outer half of the posterior edge. They are less numerous than in the large examples of P. cnornata, but agree with the smaller in this respect. The posterior scales have abont the same number of cilia as P. tnornata, but they are stiffer and longer. JP. eximia is distinguished externally from P. ¢n- ornata in spirit by the olive spot with a pale centre in each scale at the scar for the elytrophore. Occasionally in certain forms of eximia, e. g. from Lochmaddy, North Uist, the cilia on the scales are fewer, longer, and without the terminal enlargement. The second foot (first bristled) in P. cnornata is bifid, with two well-developed spines. ‘The dorsal lobe forms a rounded eminence with a smooth surface, from which project the com- paratively short, slender, minutely spinous bristles, with a very fine hair-like tip. ‘The inner forms taper more abruptly than the outer, and the tips are often bent nearly at right angles to the base. The ventral lobe is longer, bluntly conical, and with numerous small papilla on its surface. The ventral bristles have stout shafts, dilated at the tip, and with numerous rows of spines on the convex margin, thus differing 172 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the from those of the Arctic examples, in which they are fewer. The falcate distal region forms an elongate process, hooked at the tip, and with a series of spines along the ventral edge. The corresponding bristles of P. minuta show a more robust and proportionally shorter tip. In the typical foot the dorsal lobe presents a prominent process and a broad slightly convex margin externally for the bristles, the spine piercing the apex of the convexity. The bristles form a dense tuft directed outwards and downwards, are slender, tapering, and with well-marked spinous rows. The ventral lobe, again, forms an oblique cone, with the spine issuing from the apex and the surface covered with numerous papilla. The shafts of the bristles are somewhat shorter and stouter than in the northern form (P. minuta), and the convex edge of the tip has more numerous spikes than in the latter form. The falcate tip in the Arctic examples is shorter, more curved—that is, the hook is more pronounced—and the spines along the edge are often absent. Posteriorly the dorsal bristles have finer spines and the ventral have fewer spikes on the convex distal region of the shaft, while the terminal faleate portion is proportionally longer and more slender. The papilla on the surface of the ventral division are less numerous and somewhat longer. The ventral cirrus is short and tapering, with a few short clavate cilia on its surface. In considering these several forms, therefore, it is clear that no reliable specific distinction can be drawn from the structure of the bristles, and this is probably more important than the condition of the cilia on the scales. It is true that the con- vexity of the end of the shaft is most spinous—that is, has a longer series of spines from above downwards—that the dorsal bristles are more distinctly spinous, and the ventral warts or papilles more conspicuous in P. ¢nornata ; but the characters are not new and only vary in degree, and may be due to the surroundings, with which, perhaps, we are not fully acquainted. The steps from var. ewimia to var. tnornata, and thence to the typical minuta, are easy both as regards scales and bristles. 4, On a Collection of Annelids made by Canon Norman in Norway.—Part I. New Hvarne and Two Species of Sthenelais. Seme years ago Dr. Merle Norman kindly sent for exam- ination a series of Norwegian Annelids which he had procured in 1879 by dredging at the following localities, viz. :— ; : c : a es eo Se Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 173 Stations 28 and 31.—Off Sponholmene, Lervig, 130 fath. » 29.—Ibid., 100 fath. » 930.—Lervig Bay, 3-25 fath. » 92.—Between Valeddin and Hidle, Lervig, 110 fath. ,» 33 and 34.—Off Lervig, 150-180 and 210 fath. » 96.—Off southern point, Huglin Island, Hardanger Fjord, 100 fath, » 987.—Off Hidle Island, Hardanger Fjord, 40-50 fath. » 988.—Off Sponholmene, Lervig, 40-100 fath. » 40.—Between Huglin and Halsené, Hardanger Fjord, 120- 190 fath. » 40**.—Ibid., 2 fath. » 41.—Stoksund, Hardanger Fjord, 80-100 fath. », 42.—Stoksund (mid-channel), Hardanger Fjord, 40-80 fath. » 44.—Off Drobik, Christiania Fjord, 30-100 fath. » 45.—Dead Lophohelia ground, Drobik, 6-14 fath. The Norwegian fjords have long been classic grounds to the investigator of the Annelids, chiefly from the labours of the elder and younger Sars, but also of Hansen, Appelléf, and others; and accordingly the collection possessed great interest, especially by way of contrast with those of the British seas. Amongst other features of note is the compara- tive frequence of Huphrosyne cirrata, Sars, and EL. armadillo, Sars, both of which seem to frequent the deeper water of the fjords, whereas the common British form is found most abundantly between tide-marks in the Channel Islands. Only small examples of Aphrodita aculeata and Letmatonice filicornis, Kinberg, occur, probably because the area of the larger forms had been untouched. In the same way the small size of the specimens of the ubiquitous Lepidonotus squamatus, L., contrasted with the large tidal forms of the east coast of Scotland. No more characteristic inhabitants of the fjords could be procured than Dasylepis asperrima, Sars, and Eucrante villosa, Mgrn., both of which were in fine condition and apparently by no means rare. ‘he former has hitherto been tound in Britain only in the Clyde district (Dr. David Robertson), while the latter is unknown in our seas. The frequency of Lagisca antennata, Grube, and of the British Evarne Johnstoni, Mcl., merit notice, for the latter is one of the rarest forms from deep water in our country. Moreover, by the aid of additional specimens it became evident that another form procured along with the foregoing in the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition of 1870 merits special notice, if not specific distinction. In Hvarne Johnstoni, Mcl.*, the eyes are distinctly smaller than in 4. dmpar, Johnst., and the * Trans, Zool. Soc. ix. p. 398, 174 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the anterior pair are usually so situated that they are invisible from the dorsum until the head is placed obliquely, whereas in E.impar both are visible from the dorsum. The deep brownish purple of the dorsum and the longer dorsal bristles are also diagnostic. The form above mentioned, a fragment of which occurred with H. Johnston? at 690 fathoms in the ‘ Porcupine’ Expe- dition of 1870, is considerably larger and is distinguished by the very large eyes, both of which are conspicuous from the dorsum, and by the firm outwardly directed peaks in front. The dorsal bristles are longer and stronger, are less curved, more acutely pointed at the tip, and with a distinct bare portion, while the rows of spikes are narrow, all these characters differing from those of £. Johnstoni. The ventral bristles, again, have more robust shafts and longer spikes in the rows on the tips. That these characters are not due to age is clear by comparing specimens of the same size, the stronger dorsal bristles with their pointed tips being marked in the smallest example of the new form, on the bristles of which an elongated Loxosoma iscommon. We do not yet know the sexual changes in these forms, but, so tar as observed in others, e. g. in Hvarne impar, no such modifi- cations of the eyes and bristles occur, Only one of the specimens had scales, and unfortunately they had been dried. The surface is striolated with minute conical spines, which are best developed externally and poste- riorly, and, moreover, there are moderately long cilia along the external and posterior border. The inner anterior edge is free from the spines or cilia. The scales thus closely resemble those of . Johnstoni. A comparatively frequent species in the collection is Sthene- lais limicola, Ehlers, but this is a very widely distributed form. The size agrees with that of the British examples. Two additional species of Sthenelais appear to be fairly abun- dant, viz. Sthenelais Sarsi*, from the Hardanger Fjord at depths varying from 40 to 190 fathoms. It is a compara- tively small species, probably between 2 and 3 inches, rather less than S. lemicola, but, like it, inhabiting mud or muddy sand. The head is rounded, with a slender median tentacle arising anteriorly, shorter than in S. /émicola, and with a ctenidium at each side of the basal region (‘ ceratophore,” Pruvot and Racovitza). The eyes are prominent, the larger anterior pair rounded and looking forward, the posterior semicircular or * Named after the late Prof. M. Sars of Christiania. Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 175 moon-shaped. ‘They are smaller than those of 8. limicola, and the pairs on each side nearer each other. The palpi are very long and slender. The first pair of feet and the parts amalgamated with them agree with the typical form. The body is slender and elongated, tapering to the vent on the tip of the tail dorsally. The only complete example had about 80 bristled segments, and in spirit measured an inch and a half. ‘The feet are prominent, but the nephridial eminence is indistinct and devoid of a papilla. The scales are thin, somewhat translucent, and entirely cover the dorsum —indeed, they overlap considerably. ‘The first pair are small, ovate in outline, and have the margin surrounded by a series of short clavate cilia, while the surface is studded with small conical papilla. ‘The typical scale (PI. ILI. fig. 5) is more or less reniform, and, with the exception of the anterior portion of the inner border and the anterior margin, the circumference has a close series of clavate cilia, which are largest on the external border and diminish before disappearing from the inner edge. The entire surface of the scale is dotted with the minute conical papille. Posteriorly the chief changes are the diminution in the size of the scale, its shorter and broader reniform outline, its greater translucency, the reduc- tion in number and size of the cilia on the external and poste- rior border, and the paucity of the conical papille on the surface. ‘The scales thus differ from those of known species. The first foot has a single spine, and bears the dense tufts of bristles conforming to the dorsal type, but somewhat stronger than those of the typical foot. The second foot has curved dorsal bristles springing from a division a little less prominent than the ventral, and with several lobulated papille (““stylodes,” Pruvot and Racovitza) at its tip, each bristled with stout clavate cilia. ‘The ventral lobe is massive, with several blunt clavate papillae. The upper bristles have numerous rows of spines on the convexity at the end of the shaft, and long, slender, six- or seven-jointed distal pieces with a minutely bifid tip, such bristles thus conforming to the inferior ventral series in the typical foot. The stronger bristles in the middle of the foot have distal pieces of two joints, while inferiorly the bristles again become slender and the terminal pieces longer, while the rows of spikes on the end of the shaft are fewer. ‘lhe ventral cirrus is subulate and smooth. In the typical foot the dorsal curve bears three top-shaped ctenidia, and a group of clavate papille bristled with minute clavate cilia project from the tip of the dorsal division, The bristles are long, tapering, and slender, their tips extending beyond those of the inferior division. The ventral lobe like- 176 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the wise has several clavate papille similarly ciliated (Pl. III. fig. 1), and its bristles are characterized by their strength and the shortness of the terminal pieces. The shafts of the bristles, moreover, diminish in strength from above down- wards, as seen by contrasting the second upper bristle (Pl. IIT. fig. 2) and the adjoining series (Pl. III. fig. 3) with that from the inferior series (Pl. III. fig. 4), those at the ventral edge being less than half the diameter of the upper. The rows of spikes on the distal convexity of the shafts like- wise decrease in number from above downwards. ‘The stout superior bristles have terminal pieces of two or three divisions and a well-marked claw and secondary process at the tip. Towards the inferior edge the terminal pieces lengthen, and three divisions are present, the tips of all being bifid. The specimens, which were captured in July, were laden with large ova. In his list of the Annelids of the “ Osterfjorden” Dr. Ap- pelléf * includes Sthenelats atlantica, McI.t ; but this species, while approaching the Norwegian in regard to the scales, wholly diverges, for instance, in the minute structure of the bristles in the ventral division of the foot. The other species—Sthenelats heterocheta—has a similar range in depth, viz. from 40 to 180 fathoms. The head is somewhat rounded, with prominent lateral lobes separated by an a-shaped central region, eyeless in the preparations. ‘The median tentacle arises from the anterior border, is proportionally larger and longer than in Sthenelais Kimicola, and ends in a filiform tip. The lateral tentacles are considerably shorter, but also have an attenuate tip. The superior tentacular cirrus is about the length of the median tentacle, but the ventral is considerably shorter. The ciliated process (‘cuilleron,”’ Pruvot and facovitza) is tongue- shaped. ‘The palpi are even longer and more tapered than in S. limicola. The first foot (having the foregoing pro- cesses) presents a prominent ctenidium dorsally. The body is larger than in S. lémicola and apparently longer, but no example is complete, though more than 100 segments are present in the most perfect, which wants a con- siderable portion of the tail. It is rounded dorsally, flattened ventrally, and is covered by the translucent scales and gently tapered towards the posterior end.